summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--78208-0.txt3405
-rw-r--r--78208-h/78208-h.htm4649
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/back_cover.jpgbin0 -> 230747 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/colophon.pngbin0 -> 29735 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 1082202 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_001.pngbin0 -> 20565 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_010.jpgbin0 -> 68978 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_022.jpgbin0 -> 65942 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_040.jpgbin0 -> 59198 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_052.jpgbin0 -> 73449 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_074.jpgbin0 -> 69590 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_084.jpgbin0 -> 41903 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_100.jpgbin0 -> 37810 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_114.jpgbin0 -> 45411 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_126.jpgbin0 -> 56164 bytes
-rw-r--r--78208-h/images/i_140.jpgbin0 -> 59454 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
19 files changed, 8070 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/78208-0.txt b/78208-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e76a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3405 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78208 ***
+
+[Illustration: ㆁ ㅎ ㄱ ㅋ ㅁ ㄴ ㄹ ㅂ ㅍ ㅅ ㄷ ㅊ ㅌ ㅈ
+
+아 야 ㆍ 어 여 으 이 오 요 우 유
+]
+
+
+
+
+ WINNING BUDDHA’S
+ SMILE
+
+ _A Korean Legend_
+
+ ADAPTED AND TRANSLATED BY
+ CHARLES M. TAYLOR
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ BOSTON
+ RICHARD G. BADGER
+ THE GORHAM PRESS
+
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT, 1919, BY RICHARD G. BADGER
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+ Made in the United States of America
+
+ The Gorham Press, Boston, U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+ TO
+ MY MOTHER
+
+ WHOSE DESERVING FAR OUTSTRIPS
+ MY POWERS OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT
+
+
+
+
+FOREWORD
+
+
+Many of the best portions of Chinese literature are readily obtainable
+in an English dress. From time to time bits of Japanese literature pass
+before English-reading eyes. But Korean literature remains, as it has
+remained for years back, virtually a thing unknown and unappreciated.
+
+“Winning Buddha’s Smile” is one of the oldest existing specimens of
+Korean literature. Both the author and date of its original composition
+are unknown, but it is reasonably certain that it was well known in a
+dramatic form about the close of the fourteenth century.
+
+At one time when religious dissension was rife on the peninsula, many
+of the monuments of a rich and abundant literature, especially those
+tinged with Buddhistic doctrines and thought, were consigned to the
+bonfire. In some manner, our legend escaped this wholesale literary
+destruction, and it is here presented to English readers with the hope
+that it will meet with an indulgent reception by the ever-widening
+circle of those who take an interest in the things of other peoples and
+other lands.
+
+The translator is indebted to a French version of the original text,
+made by the Korean scholar, Hong-Jong-Ou, which was published under the
+auspices of the Musée Guimet. He has attempted to preserve the simple,
+child-like form of the narrative and has made few alterations in it,
+and these only when clearness and the English idiom required them.
+
+ C. M. T.
+
+
+
+
+KOREANS WHOSE FOOTSTEPS CROSS THE PATHS OF OUR LEGEND
+
+
+SUN-YEN, the Benevolent, whose Virtue and Goodness lead him from
+Prosperity through Adversity unto Prosperity again.
+
+CHENG-SI, the Fair, his daughter.
+
+SAN-HOUNI, a scholar and friend of Sun-Yen.
+
+YENG-SI, the scholar’s wife.
+
+SAN-SYENG, the scholar’s son, whose Merit findeth pleasure in the sight
+of Heaven and taketh him unto High Offices.
+
+JA-JO-MI, the Unscrupulous, Prime Minister of Korea.
+
+KI-SI, the young Prince of Korea.
+
+SU-RUNG, a murderer and thief.
+
+SU-YENG, the robber’s brother, a goodly man by way of contrast.
+
+YENG-SO-YEI, a daughter of Korea.
+
+OU-PUNG, a Sister of Religion and a follower of the True Path.
+
+HONG-JUN, an innkeeper.
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+WINNING BUDDHA’S SMILE
+
+
+
+
+I
+
+
+In the far away days of the olden time when the earth was still in its
+childhood and when the city of Hpyeng-Yang was the capital of Korea,
+there was numbered among its inhabitants a high dignitary of the
+Court, Sun-Yen by name, who owed his exalted position solely to his
+intelligence and capability.
+
+Although very rich, Sun-Yen looked down upon no one. On the contrary,
+he sought diligently to help all those who came within his sphere of
+influence. His greatest happiness lay in alleviating the sorrows of
+others. He was, therefore, beloved by the people who saw in Sun-Yen a
+most disinterested protector in whom they had absolute confidence.
+
+Now one day, all things changed as all things sometimes do. Fortune, so
+long favorable to Sun-Yen, forsook him. Formerly happy and influential,
+our friend (for call him such we will) was to become the most
+unfortunate and the most miserable of men. It was due to the following
+circumstances.
+
+The King of Korea was giving a grand and sumptuous banquet to the
+Governors of the various provinces and the ladies of the Court.
+The occasion was a very merry one. Shouts of joy and the chords of
+harmonious music were heard on all sides. When Sun-Yen was informed of
+this, instead of rejoicing with the others, he became a prey to great
+sadness. To get away from his own thoughts, he resolved to go visit his
+friend, San-Houni, one of the greatest scholars of Korea. So Sun-Yen,
+the benevolent, set out accompanied by his servant--a faithful and
+trusted fellow.
+
+While on his way thither, his attention was suddenly drawn to a great
+crowd of people by the roadside. “Go, see what is the matter,” he said
+to his servant. The latter hastened--as all good servants do--to obey
+his master’s orders. He made a way through the crowd which had gathered
+and soon learned the reason for the gathering.
+
+They were about to carry away several people who had died by the
+highway. As soon as the servant saw this ghastly spectacle he returned
+to his master and told him what had taken place. Sun-Yen was profoundly
+moved when he heard it but, losing no time in passive sympathy, he
+summoned a police agent, of whom he demanded, “Do you know what caused
+the death of those unfortunates?”
+
+“Yes, sir, they died of hunger.”
+
+“Why not carry them away then instead of leaving them there on the
+road?” continued Sun, in a tone of reproach.
+
+“I was about to do exactly as you suggest, sir,” said the agent, who,
+with a quickened step, went toward the group which by this time had
+increased materially.
+
+Sun did not continue on his way to see his friend, San-Houni. He went
+direct to the Palace and was immediately ushered into the presence of
+the King.
+
+The monarch accorded Sun a hearty welcome, saying, “It has been a very
+long time since I have had the pleasure of having you come to see me.”
+
+“Sire,” replied Sun-Yen, “I rarely leave the comfort of my humble home.”
+
+“And what is it that keeps you so close at home?”
+
+“Sire, either my duties or sickness. The reason I have come to see you
+to-day is because I have a very important revelation to make to you.
+Several of your subjects have just died of starvation by the roadside.
+The thing at first appeared incredible to me. I could not believe that,
+if my King knew the sad conditions in which so many of his people are
+living, he would give himself up to pleasure as you are doing. However,
+I have secured the evidence. Just a few moments ago, I saw with my own
+eyes three wretches who had died from want of food.”
+
+These words seemed deeply to impress the King who, with a trace of
+emotion in his voice, inquired of Sun, “Tell me, what should be done?
+I can scarcely believe that this misfortune took place while I was
+leading this life of idleness and pleasure.”
+
+“Sire,” continued Sun-Yen respectfully, “here lies the source of the
+whole trouble. Who pays the expenses of your amusements? Your people
+and no one else, and the Governors instead of doing their duty are also
+leading a frivolous and even vicious life. You can believe the words of
+your old servant whose devotion to your interests you are well aware
+of.”
+
+“I thank you for this frankness,” rejoined the King, “but candidly I
+can hardly credit what you have just told me. I shall look more fully
+into this affair.”
+
+At these words, Sun left his sovereign and went home and told his wife
+what he had done--the mark of a dutiful husband.
+
+“You acted nobly,” she said, “but my intuition tells me that your
+devotion to the King will cost you dearly.”
+
+“Why?” asked Sun.
+
+“The King will not follow your advice. This is the course things
+are going to take, mark my words. The Governors, forewarned by your
+complaint, will not allow themselves to be injured and their pleasures
+curtailed, and upon you their anger will surely fall. Yes, I fear the
+consequences of to-day’s work.”
+
+“Reassure yourself, my dear, the King took my words in a very good
+spirit and he has never yet made light of my advice.”
+
+“I hope with all my heart that you are right. Let us see what time will
+bring forth.”
+
+The King in reality did change his way of living. His conduct made him
+a bit remorseful. He promptly followed up Sun’s complaint and summoned
+his Prime Minister.
+
+This official, who was named Ja-Jo-Mi, came immediately. He was a man
+whose severity of character and conduct had earned for him a terrible
+reputation. Although no one knew of it, he had conceived the scheme
+of usurping the throne but up to the present time had revealed his
+intentions to nobody.
+
+The King demanded of his Minister, “Have you nothing new to tell me?”
+
+“Absolutely nothing, sire.”
+
+At these words, the King cried in an excited voice, “What, you, the
+Prime Minister, and you do not know that several of my people have just
+died by the roadside and that their death was caused from lack of food?
+If there is any one who should be well informed about what is going on
+in my Kingdom, it should certainly be you.”
+
+“Sire, from whom did you get this news?”
+
+“From Sun-Yen.”
+
+“Ah, I can scarcely understand how this can be. I have just received
+the reports from the police and I did not see a single word on the
+subject of this affair, therefore, I am quite astounded.”
+
+“However that may be,” said the King, “I command that this evening’s
+fete shall not continue an instant longer.”
+
+“Your orders shall be executed. Sire, as soon as I have carried them
+out I shall return to my office and secure what testimony I can about
+this matter. The guilty parties shall have their just deserts.”
+
+Bowing humbly before the monarch, Ja-Jo-Mi withdrew. A few minutes
+later and the Palace, which formerly echoed to the shouts of
+merrymaking, was in complete silence.
+
+The Prime Minister, upon retiring to his office gave himself up to
+reflection upon the situation. He was greatly troubled because he
+feared that he might be removed from his office by the revelations of
+Sun-Yen. “That fellow is an infernal nuisance and might bring down the
+King’s wrath upon my head. To prevent a recurrence of such things there
+is but one thing to be done--to get rid of him by sending him into
+exile. With this dangerous fool out of the way, nothing, nor nobody,
+can oppose me in the execution of my ambitious designs and I can easily
+secure the throne.”
+
+Such in substance were the reflections of the Prime Minister, but
+it would be necessary to find a pretext for the exile of Sun and
+Ja-Jo-Mi, the clever, was not long in devising a scheme.
+
+He resolved to write a letter to San-Houni full of bitter criticisms
+and threats against the King. This letter he would sign with the name
+of Sun-Yen. Then he would place it in the King’s hands with the story
+that it had been found on the road by a police agent.
+
+No sooner said than done. The letter was written. Ja-Jo-Mi, adopting
+a disguise, left his home and, dropping the missive in the path of an
+agent of police, passed on in the darkness of the Korean night. When
+the agent walked by he picked up the letter and naturally glanced
+around but there was no one in sight. He carried the note directly to
+his chief so that the latter could look over the contents and restore
+it to its owner.
+
+The Chief of Police read the letter through with great astonishment.
+Desiring to give a proof of his zeal, he ran to the palace and in a
+mysterious manner demanded an immediate audience with the King. The
+monarch had the Chief of Police brought to him at once and was given
+the forged letter. One can well imagine the surprise of the King.
+Anxious for light upon the amazing situation he again called his Prime
+Minister.
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi, the clever, came with dispatch. The King passed over to him
+the malicious letter, asking if he believed that Sun-Yen was really
+the author. The Prime Minister pretended to read the communication. He
+saw that the King was in a state of uncertainty and he determined to
+take advantage of it in order to ruin Sun-Yen, once and for all time.
+
+“Sire,” he said, “it often happens that we are deceived by those whom
+we deem most faithful. As far as Sun is concerned, I consider him
+perfectly capable of this infamous business. I have known for a long
+while that he has been thinking and dreaming of taking your place on
+the throne. As for the annoyance which he caused you a short time ago,
+he was the principal instigator of that himself.”
+
+“That’s enough, my faithful Ja-Jo-Mi. Have Sun thrown into prison. He
+will be tried immediately.”
+
+The Prime Minister, rejoicing over his triumph, had Sun-Yen taken into
+custody. When the King was informed of his arrest he went personally to
+interview the prisoner.
+
+“Do you recognize this?” he shouted in rage, holding out the letter.
+
+Words fail to give an idea of Sun’s astonishment. He realized that he
+was the victim of a devilish plot but such was his stupefaction that he
+could utter nothing in his own defense. He burst into tears.
+
+The King continued: “I would never have believed this of you.”
+
+“Sire, I know nothing of this,” wailed the wretched Sun.
+
+These words irritated the King.
+
+“Ah, you understand nothing,” he cried. “Tell me, then, who is the
+writer of this letter?”
+
+“In any case, it was not I, sire.”
+
+“Of course. Now just listen to me. You have heard the proverb about the
+smoke?”
+
+“Yes, sire.”
+
+“Well, you know where there is smoke there is fire. I mean by this
+that if you had not been moved by evil intentions, you would not have
+addressed this letter to your friend.”
+
+“Sire, I see whence comes this evil. The revelations which I recently
+made to you have stirred up hatred in the hearts of certain personages
+who desire to bring about my ruin. There’s a black heart at work. I
+swear to you that I am innocent.”
+
+“So that’s all you have to say for yourself? That’s enough.”
+
+The King withdrew, leaving Sun in despair. He ordered the Prime
+Minister to banish Sun at once and designated his place of exile as
+Kang-Sin. San-Houni, who was also compromised in the plot, was exiled
+to Ko-Kum-To.
+
+Escorted to his home by an agent of police, Sun told his wife what had
+happened. The unfortunate woman was prostrated with grief.
+
+“What did I tell you the other day,” she said to her husband, but she
+soon gained control of herself and regarded the misfortune which had
+fallen on both of them in a calm light.
+
+“Let us be resigned, my dear. Doubtless it will be painful to live so
+far from our King and our friends but at least we shall have peace in
+the future.”
+
+Without delay, they busied themselves with preparations for the
+departure. Sun summoned a few poor families to whom he distributed the
+little money he possessed.
+
+’Twas but a short while and the moment to leave was at hand. Sun-Yen
+and his wife found it hard to break away from the embraces of their
+relatives and weeping friends.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here endeth the first step of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+
+The journey of Sun-Yen and his wife to the Island of Kang-Sin was
+uneventful and they were soon alone in their new home. Their guards
+then returned to the capital.
+
+What especially troubled Sun was the idea that his wife might be lonely
+and depressed in this isolated place. He spoke of this to her but she
+replied with a great deal of cheerfulness, “Do not trouble yourself
+about me. I have decided to follow you wherever you may go and I shall
+never find the time wearisome so long as I am with you”--the mark of a
+dutiful wife.
+
+As a matter of fact, the days passed for our two exiles just as quickly
+as if they had been living among their relatives and friends. Very soon
+signs of Spring were to be seen. So Sun said to his wife one day:
+
+“Spring time has come, it is a delightful day. Let us take advantage of
+it and go for a little outing.”
+
+“With pleasure, my dear.”
+
+“Good, let us climb the mountain if we can.”
+
+They set out gaily. On seeing them one would never have thought they
+were the victims of Fate. They enjoyed to the fullness of their hearts
+the charm of the landscape which lay about them, and happiness was in
+their souls. Madame Sun was overflowing with joy.
+
+“How peaceful everything is,” said she to her husband. “It is a real
+pleasure to be walking here alone with you. When we lived at the
+Capital I was never able to accompany you in your walks.”
+
+“You are right. I was forced to conform to the customs of the country.”
+
+“Now we are at the foot of the mountain,” she continued. “What a
+beautiful panorama lies before us. Just look at it. I feel a poetic
+instinct within me. Listen to these verses:
+
+ The day is beautiful; amid the shrubs
+ Are fragrant blossoms, clustered in sweet sleep,
+ The butterflies that seek them eagerly
+ Seem poised to count each rain-bow tinted leaf.
+ And stupid with the heat the serpent lies
+ Stretched lazily along the languid boughs.
+ Among the reeds that tremble in the wind,
+ Deliberate leaps the frog, while swallows pass
+ Bearing the insect-prisoners to their nests.”
+
+“Do you know,” she mused, “these animals are happier than we.”
+
+“What makes you say that?” queried Sun.
+
+“Because they have little ones to care for while we have no children.”
+
+“Console yourself, my dear, we are not yet so old that Heaven may not
+smile upon us. Have confidence in the future. But I think it is time to
+return. The sun is going down and you must be tired.”
+
+The two returned slowly to their home, lost in thought.
+
+Now it came to pass one night that Sun’s wife had a dream. She saw
+an angel from Heaven bending over her. She awoke, startled by the
+vividness of this vision, and immediately told her husband about it.
+
+“Yes,” said the latter, “that is very queer but I shouldn’t worry about
+it. Fatigue has caused this nightmare.”
+
+The truth was that this noble lady was soon to become a mother. In
+fact, it was not long before she gave birth to a daughter to whom they
+gave the name of Cheng-Si. Sun, the benevolent, was overwhelmed with
+joy--as one should be when Heaven smiles.
+
+Unfortunately, his wife lay seriously ill. It was soon evident that
+there was no hope of saving her. Scarcely three days had passed after
+the birth of little Cheng-Si when her mother died. She sensed the
+approach of death and whispered weakly to her husband:
+
+“My dear, I am going to leave you. I know that your grief will be very
+great but do not give yourself up to it. You must look after our
+little one. Get a nurse for her if you can.”
+
+With a supreme effort the dying woman clasped her baby to her breast.
+
+“Alas,” she said with a deep sigh, “this is the last time I shall have
+you so near me.”
+
+Sun, in tones of deepest sorrow, said to his wife:
+
+“Dearest wife, can it be true that you are going to leave me? We have
+always protected and shared with the unfortunate and yet the gods
+permit us to be parted. It is an injustice.”
+
+His wife did not hear his final words. Death had already touched her
+brow and called her to her ancestors. Sun saw but did not wish at first
+to believe.
+
+He called to his wife, tears streaming down his cheeks, but, alas, his
+words were unanswered.
+
+“Now, I am all alone,” he cried in despair. “What will become of me and
+this child!”
+
+He gazed fondly at his daughter who was still clasped to her mother’s
+breast. This sad sight increased Sun’s grief. He took the little baby
+and turned it over to the care of a nurse whom he managed to secure.
+Then, beside himself with grief, he busied himself with his wife’s
+burial.
+
+All this happened so quickly that Sun-Yen thought it had happened in
+a dream, but the sad evidence was there before his eyes. Each day he
+could be seen walking to the spot where his wife was sleeping. These
+frequent visits merely aggravated his anguish and it was impossible for
+him to control himself.
+
+Our friend was always in tears; he could get no rest nor sleep and
+shortly more ill fortune came to him. From having shed so many tears,
+Sun became blind.
+
+This terrible blow almost prostrated him but he continued to drag out
+the same wretched existence. His greatest regret was in not being able
+to look upon the face of his little daughter. So passed several years.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Meanwhile, Cheng-Si was growing up. She was now in her thirteenth
+year and was obliged to help support her poor father who was without
+resources of any kind. She had but one way to keep Sun from starving
+and that was by begging. She went about this sad task without any false
+modesty. Her wits, however, were not asleep and one day she said to her
+father:
+
+“There is something which I do not understand.”
+
+“What is that, my child?”
+
+“Father, how is it that so many other people can live with their
+relatives and friends while we are here all alone?”
+
+“Ah, my daughter, it is very true that we must live by ourselves. But
+things were not always thus. There was a time when I lived at the
+Capital of Korea with your poor mother and we were surrounded by many
+friends. I occupied a high position. Our family belonged to the highest
+nobility and was always in good standing at the Court of the King. But,
+one day, because of a malicious slander, of which the King thought me
+guilty, I was exiled here. My friend, San-Houni, was trapped in the
+same affair and was sent to Ko-Kum-To. He shares our downfall for he
+also comes from an excellent family. I am very sorry that since my
+arrival at this island I have had no news of my old friend.”
+
+“Perhaps it is not possible for him to communicate with you,” said the
+child in order to console the old man. “Excuse me, father,” she added,
+“it is time for me to go to work.”
+
+“Go, my child, and come home early.”
+
+Little Cheng-Si, the fair, walked at a rapid gait. She went first to
+the cemetery to pray a moment beside her mother’s grave. Cheng-Si was
+just as industrious as she was intelligent. She gave up her nights to
+study, while during the day she went from door to door asking alms.
+
+One day, she went as usual to pray by her mother’s resting place.
+She remained there longer than usual and did not return home at the
+customary hour.
+
+Sun, missing his daughter, was sorely troubled. At last, he resolved
+to go search for her. Leaning on his cane, he started out slowly and
+feebly. Unfortunately, when he came to the edge of a pond close by
+his home, he made a false step and fell into the water. He groaned to
+himself, “This is certain death for me, and my poor little girl will
+hunt for me everywhere.” And he began to shout lustily at the top of
+his voice.
+
+Happily Sun-Yen’s cries were heard by the disciple of an anchorite who
+lived in a cave on the mountain slope, a short distance from the lake.
+He came running and soon had Sun out of the water.
+
+He demanded of him:
+
+“Where do you live?”
+
+“Right close by.”
+
+“But how is it that you, a blind man, go out alone? Don’t you know that
+you are running a great risk in doing this?”
+
+“Yes, I know it. I never do go out alone. To-day, however, I ventured
+away from my home to hunt for my little girl. She did not return at
+her usual time so I went to look for her. That is how I came to fall
+into the lake from which I would never have come out alive without your
+assistance. You have saved my life.”
+
+“I have only done my duty,” replied the disciple, humbly.
+
+He took Sun by the arm and led him to his little dwelling. On the way,
+he asked of him:
+
+“Will you have faith in what I am going to tell you?”
+
+“Certainly.”
+
+“Well, I predict, indeed I can read in your face, that your evil
+days will not last forever. Within three years you shall recover
+your sight and you shall become Prime Minister. Your fortune also
+shall be unsurpassed. To attain this goal you must pray diligently to
+Chen-Houang (the Emperor of Heaven).”
+
+“Have I heard you aright?” cried Sun, beside himself with astonishment
+and joy.
+
+“Nothing can be nearer the truth,” gravely replied the disciple.
+
+“But what must I do? Tell me, tell me!”
+
+“You must give me three hundred bags of rice and I will pray in your
+stead.”
+
+“Alas, I cannot give what you require of me.”
+
+“That doesn’t make any difference. I do not ask for the immediate
+delivery of the three hundred bags of rice. It will be sufficient if
+you bind yourself in writing to pay me when you have the means to do
+so.”
+
+“I’ll accept on those conditions,” replied Sun.
+
+The disciple passed over to him a paper on which the poor blind man
+placed his signature.
+
+“I am obliged to leave you, now,” said the disciple.
+
+“Then, good-bye, until we meet again.”
+
+When he was alone, Sun reflected upon what the disciple had told him.
+The idea of seeing the sunlight again and of acquiring honor and wealth
+filled his very being with ecstasy. On the other hand, the obligation
+of furnishing three hundred sacks of rice considerably diminished
+his joy. A man, whose daughter was obliged to beg to keep him from
+starving, would never be able to fulfill the promise which he had
+signed. He regretted having given a promise which he could never hope
+to keep.
+
+Sun was drawn from his reveries by the arrival of his daughter.
+
+“Why so melancholy, father?” inquired the child. “Is it because I am
+late to-day that you seem sad? I must ask your pardon. I went to the
+cemetery and from there to gather some alms. They gave me some things
+to eat, as your hands can tell. Don’t you forgive me?”
+
+“My dear child, it is not you who makes me so sad. Listen, and I will
+tell you what happened to me. When you did not come home I was a little
+worried and wanted to go and meet you. On the way, I fell into the lake
+and gave myself up for lost when I was rescued by a disciple of an
+anchorite. This man led me home and said to me, while we were walking
+along, ‘I predict to you that you will no longer be blind and that some
+day you will become the King’s Prime Minister.’ But I have to pay him
+three hundred sacks of rice and I can never do it. That is why I am
+sad.”
+
+“Do not worry too much about that, father. We shall find a way that
+will enable you to keep your promise.”
+
+After they had shared their meagre meal the young girl went to her room
+where she began to reflect upon her father’s story. Not succeeding in
+going to sleep, she went out to take a bath in the lake, after which
+she began to prepare the sacrifice table in the garden. She placed in
+the centre a vase filled with water, lighted the incense burner and
+two candles, one at each end, and began to pray to Heaven. Her prayers
+continued almost until daybreak.
+
+Not until then did Cheng-Si go to her room. Exhausted with fatigue, she
+fell asleep almost immediately. She dreamed that an old man was saying
+to her, “Very shortly something is going to happen to you. Some one
+will cross your path who will make you an attractive proposal. Do not
+hesitate to accept, for it is an exceptional opportunity.”
+
+On awakening, the child recalled her dream and was pensive and
+thoughtful for a long while. In reality her dream was soon to come
+true. Some dreams do.
+
+In the days of our story, Korean merchants in search of business were
+accustomed to make one trip a year across the Yellow Sea, which lies
+between China and Korea. The crossing was very difficult and dangerous
+because of the rapidity of the current in certain spots. After each
+trip they were always sure to report the loss of some boat. Thinking
+to avoid this danger, the merchants had recourse to a very ancient
+and very barbarous practice. In each village where they traded they
+purchased a young girl. These victims were thrown into the sea and the
+perils of the voyage were thought to be in this way forestalled.
+
+Now, this day, Cheng-Si, the fair, had scarcely left her home when she
+met one of these traders in search of a human victim. The merchant
+asked the young girl if she knew where he could find what he wanted. To
+this request Cheng-Si replied:
+
+“You need not look any farther. If you want to take me, I will go, but
+what will you give me in exchange for my life?”
+
+“Anything that you want.”
+
+“Suppose I ask for three hundred bags of rice?”
+
+“I’ll accept the offer, but I have some partners and must consult with
+them, so I will not be able to give you a positive answer for a few
+days.”
+
+“I’ll wait, then.”
+
+“Good-bye,” said the merchant.
+
+Happy at having concluded this bargain which was to result so seriously
+for her, the young girl impatiently awaited the merchant’s return. One
+beautiful morning she saw him coming toward the house and immediately
+went to meet him.
+
+“Has the affair been settled?” she asked him, without manifesting the
+least emotion.
+
+“Yes, you shall have your three hundred bags of rice. Do you want them
+right away?”
+
+“Yes, indeed, if I may. Please wait a moment, I must tell my father.”
+
+Cheng-Si went into the house. She did not know how to tell her father
+about her fatal decision.
+
+“To tell him the truth,” she said to herself “is to condemn him to a
+death from grief. I can remember his anxiety that day when I was a
+little late in coming home. Now suppose I should never come back--but
+it must be done.”
+
+The young girl threw her arms about her father’s neck and cried in a
+joyful voice:
+
+“Father, I have found a way to get you the three hundred bags of rice
+that you owe the disciple. Send for him at once.”
+
+When the disciple had come, Cheng-Si took him to the merchant’s place
+of business and turned over to him the three hundred bags of rice. She
+then demanded, in exchange, the paper bearing her father’s signature,
+thanked him for having saved Sun-Yen’s life, and asked him to continue
+his prayers for the blind man. The disciple promised to do so and left
+the young girl.
+
+Very happy because of her sacrifice, she hastened to her father and
+handed him the paper which he had signed.
+
+“Where did you get this?” demanded the surprised Sun.
+
+“From the disciple, to whom I gave the three hundred sacks of rice.”
+
+“But, how in the world did you get all that rice, my daughter?”
+
+“In a very simple way. I sold myself the other day.”
+
+“What are you saying! Ah, unhappy girl, do you want to kill me?”
+
+“Now do not worry about this, father. Let me finish what I have to tell
+you. It is true that I have sold myself but I am not going very far
+away and perhaps I shall see you every day. There isn’t anything to be
+troubled about. I am sacrificing my liberty with the best of good will
+so as to insure your happiness. When we have saved up enough money I
+will pay back the price of the rice and then, once I am free, nothing
+can prevent me from remaining with you forever.”
+
+The young girl, having calmed somewhat her father’s fears, went to the
+merchant’s to learn the date of her departure.
+
+The merchant told her that they were not going to set sail for three
+months. Meanwhile, Cheng-Si was thinking constantly of the solitude in
+which her father would be after she had gone. What would become of the
+poor blind man, alone and without resources? This thought haunted her
+day and night. She sought to accumulate a little money and some food
+which would be enough for him to live on decently for some little time.
+
+The three months soon came to an end and the merchant returned to
+remind her of her promise. She asked permission to speak to her father
+for the last time. She had not yet revealed to him the entire truth.
+The merchant, of course, consented and even went into the house with
+her.
+
+“Father,” she said, “I must leave you.”
+
+“My daughter, leave me? And where are you going?”
+
+“Father, I deceived you the other day. It was not my liberty but my
+life which I gave in exchange for the three hundred sacks of rice which
+you promised the disciple. Yes, I was purchased, body and soul. I have
+to plunge to the bottom of the Yellow Sea to pray for a favorable
+passage for our sailors.”
+
+Cheng-Si had tenderly placed her arms about her father to support him
+while she was making this fatal confession. Nevertheless, the blind
+man could not bear the shock and he fell into a swoon.
+
+When he regained consciousness, he said in a voice that was scarcely
+audible, “Unhappy child, is it indeed true that you are going to
+abandon me in this way? After having seen your mother die, must I see
+you, too, leave the world before me? Oh, tell me that it is a dream!
+Consider your poor blind father and think what will become of him when
+he no longer has you with him. No, it cannot be, you are not going to
+die.”
+
+Sun-Yen burst into tears. His daughter tried vainly to keep from
+weeping herself for she felt that her heart was broken. The merchant, a
+witness of the scene, was very much moved, too. He beckoned the girl to
+him and said:
+
+“I will give you another hundred bags of rice and we will not set sail
+for three days. Would you like that?”
+
+Cheng-Si thanked the man profusely and went with him to the door.
+The following day, after she had obtained the hundred sacks of rice,
+she sought an audience with the leading magistrate of the town. He
+consented to take charge of the maintenance of the old gentleman in
+consideration of the one hundred bags of rice which he took as a sort
+of deposit.
+
+The young girl did not leave her father until the merchant came for
+her. She endeavored to console the old gentleman as best she could.
+When the time for the separation came, it was heart-rending. Sun-Yen
+threw his arms about his daughter’s neck while his frame was shaken
+with sobs.
+
+“I want to die with you. I will not let you go alone.”
+
+The cries of the poor blind man attracted a number of the neighbors,
+who were also moved to tears at the pathetic sight. Finally the trader
+grasped the girl by the arm and said in a trembling, gentle voice, “We
+must go now.”
+
+Paralyzed by grief, Sun fainted and his arms slipped from about his
+daughter’s form.
+
+“Good-bye, father,” she called back as she walked away. “Don’t worry,
+we shall meet again in a better place where we shall be happy forever.”
+
+Cheng-Si renewed her requests to the magistrate, who, shortly after,
+visited the unfortunate father and tried to console him a bit, without
+succeeding to the slightest extent.
+
+For Cheng-Si had gone.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here cometh to a close the second step of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+
+San-Houni, the scholar and intimate friend of Sun-Yen, was likewise
+condemned to exile on account of his friendship for the disgraced.
+He was obliged to leave the Korean Capital, a circumstance which he
+regretted exceedingly just at this time because his wife, Yeng-Si, who
+was soon to become a mother, would not have the comforts and advantages
+of the city. But of what avail are innocence and regret when a Prime
+Minister has rendered one undesirable in the eyes of the Monarch? It
+was decreed that San-Houni be banished and that he be forced to live
+on the island of Ko-Kum-To, a desolate, sparsely populated rock in the
+Yellow Sea.
+
+It was a long journey. The trip would consume several days. San-Houni’s
+few servants took care of the details of the packing but he himself
+went in quest of a boatman who would agree to take him and his wife
+across the waters to the island. His choice was not a happy one but he
+was unaware of it.
+
+The most violent contrast existed between the characters of Su-Rung and
+Su-Yeng, the two brothers, whom San-Houni engaged for the trip. From
+this difference in temperament great misfortunes were to come.
+
+As long as they were in sight of the coast, things went well, but when
+the party was on the open sea, Su-Rung the wicked, revealed his designs.
+
+“I am somewhat taken with the wife of our passenger,” he whispered to
+his brother, “I want her and I’m going to get her. Her husband grates
+on my nerves. I must get him out of the way.”
+
+“You are mad,” replied Su-Yeng. “Do you think for a minute that I will
+ever allow you to do anything like that?”
+
+“Bah! You are jealous of me,” cried Su-Rung, in a fury.
+
+“Not at all, but your intentions disgust me.”
+
+Su-Rung said nothing further but it could readily be seen that he had
+not given up his project.
+
+The terrible thing about all this was that San-Houni and his wife had
+overheard the brothers. Their anxiety grew and soon merged into real
+fear. They discussed in low tones the peril which threatened them and
+how it would be possible to escape.
+
+There was not much time left to them for reflection. Su-Rung called
+the oarsmen and whispered aside to them, “Men, I want you to grab that
+fellow and his servant. Take and keep what money they have on them and
+kill them. The woman alone must live. Make a good job of it.”
+
+Su-Yeng here interposed, “I think you should be content with taking
+their money, but at least spare their lives.”
+
+“Mind your own business,” shouted Su-Rung in a rage. “I am master here.
+Get out of my way and let me alone!”
+
+Su-Yeng was forced to obey his brother’s injunction. As soon as he
+had turned his back, San-Houni and his servant were put to death. The
+murder was committed under the very eyes of the scholar’s wife. She was
+dazed with anger and sorrow. Having no desire to survive her husband,
+she plunged into the sea, crying, “In spite of you, I shall die with my
+husband.”
+
+Su-Rung, however, ordered his sailors to turn about and rescue the
+unhappy woman. A few minutes more and Yeng-Si was pulled into the boat
+alive and safe.
+
+Then the assassin, judging it indiscreet to continue in the direction
+of Ko-Kum-To, changed the course of his vessel to a spot he was well
+acquainted with. The boat made a landing shortly after. Su-Rung jumped
+ashore and approached an old woman on the beach, to whom he said:
+
+“Go aboard my boat, you will find a woman there. I want you to take
+her home with you. Be very gentle and kind to her, encourage her, and
+console her, for she has been deeply afflicted.”
+
+The old lady at once set about doing what Su-Rung had requested.
+
+Meanwhile, Su-Rung had anchored his boat and as a sign of
+self-satisfaction he invited his men to a feast, where they made merry
+and drank freely. Shortly all the guests were drunk except Su-Yeng.
+He was broken up at the turn of events and his inability to avert
+Su-Rung’s crime. Therefore, he resolved to profit by the present
+situation by assisting, if it were possible, his brother’s unfortunate
+captive. He left the revelers without being noticed and, setting out at
+a rapid gait, soon reached the home of the old lady. He paused before
+entering at the sound of voices and in the midst of the lamentations of
+Yeng-Si, he could make out these words:
+
+“Where do you come from?”
+
+“The Capital.”
+
+“Is that so? I lived at Yeng-Yang.”
+
+“Then how is it that you are in these parts?”
+
+The old lady, for it was she who was talking with Yeng-Si, uttered a
+deep sigh.
+
+“Alas, I have lived here for ten years, much against my will. Like you,
+I am a victim of Su-Rung, who murdered my husband. I am awaiting the
+hour of vengeance, but it is slow in coming. Will this monster remain
+unpunished forever?”
+
+Touched by her story, Yeng-Si forgot for the time her own misfortunes
+to sympathize with her companion. It was just at this moment that
+Su-Yeng entered the room where the two women were and said in a
+troubled voice:
+
+“Do not take things too hard. Perhaps you will be rescued very soon.
+There is some one who is looking out for you. I have a profound horror
+of my brother’s evil deeds. Listen, if you wish to escape you will
+never have an easier time than now.”
+
+“How so, your brother....”
+
+“Don’t be afraid. For the time being, he is not capable of following
+you for he is asleep and dead drunk, but there is not a minute to be
+lost. You know the country for you have lived here a long while. You
+must show the way to this lady who is a stranger. Here, take this
+money, it will not do to wait any longer.”
+
+The two women, weeping and sobbing, threw themselves at the feet of
+their rescuer in gratitude.
+
+Su-Yeng helped them to their feet and urged them again to leave. It
+would be advisable, he insisted, to make haste for the rage of Su-Rung,
+if he captured them, would be terrible.
+
+Yielding to the entreaties of Su-Yeng, the two women set out. Their
+friend accompanied them for a short distance. When they were alone,
+they walked as rapidly as their strength would permit. At the end of
+two hours Yeng-Si, thoroughly fatigued, requested that they rest for
+a few moments. Her companion consented quite willingly. So the two
+fugitives sat down to rest their weary bodies. Suddenly the elder of
+the two said to the other:
+
+“I’m going to ask you something.”
+
+“What can I do for you?”
+
+“Well, I would consider it a great favor if you would let me have your
+sandals in exchange for mine.”
+
+This request puzzled Yeng-Si a great deal as she did not understand the
+purpose of the elder woman’s intentions. However, the old lady gave her
+little time for reflection.
+
+“You are,” she said, “like me, very tired, but you are still young,
+consequently you are capable of enduring greater hardships than I. I
+am very old. You go on. If Su-Rung catches up--and he will not wait
+long--I will tell him that I do not know in what direction you went.
+Now, hurry on, but leave your sandals here with me if you wish to be
+real kind.”
+
+Yeng-Si arose at once. She thanked her friend for her excellent advice
+and handed her sandals to her without understanding in the least what
+motive she had in this request. As she was leaving, the old lady
+continued:
+
+“Just a moment. I am going to show you the road which you should take
+to escape from Su-Rung. Keep straight ahead until you come to a grove
+of bamboo where you might rest a few moments if you like, then keep on
+walking in the same direction until you come upon the temple of Buddha.
+When you arrive at this spot, you will be out of danger but be careful
+to follow my directions explicitly.”
+
+“I will do so, thank you.”
+
+“Good, now, good-bye.”
+
+When Yeng-Si had gone a short way, the old woman arose, and taking the
+sandals, she turned toward a lake which was a short distance away.
+Placing them at the water’s edge, she uttered a brief prayer and jumped
+into the water.
+
+Yeng-Si, however, heard her cries. She immediately retraced her steps,
+hastening to the lake where she noticed the sandals beside the water
+and the body of the old lady floating on the surface. This sight almost
+overbore her.
+
+“Why did this poor woman drown herself?” she muttered. “Can it be--yes,
+I imagine--her persistency in asking for my sandals--oh, blessed one!
+She had the idea of dying before saying good-bye. She did not wish her
+death to be fruitless, so she placed my sandals on the shore, that it
+would appear as if I had committed suicide. Poor woman, how devoted she
+was! May she have her reward in the Hereafter.”
+
+If she had listened to the promptings of her heart, Yeng-Si would have
+remained there mourning for her unfortunate companion. Remembering
+the entreaties of the latter, however, she hurried her steps and
+shortly came to the forest of bamboo. Suddenly she experienced the
+most agonizing pains. She trembled, shivered, broke out into a cold
+perspiration and suffered terribly. She understood that she was about
+to become a mother. What a terrible situation she was in! Here alone,
+away from everybody, what was to become of her?
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Yes, it was a little boy. She seized the poor, little being and covered
+it with tears and kisses.
+
+“Poor child,” she said, “what can I do with you? You have no father and
+your mother does not know what is going to become of you.”
+
+Fortunately for Yeng-Si, some one had heard her shrieks and cries. It
+was a nun from the temple that the old lady had told her about. This
+nun ran to the spot whence the cries came and was somewhat surprised to
+find there the mother and child.
+
+After rendering what assistance she could, she asked her how it came
+about that she gave birth to the child in that place.
+
+Yeng-Si told briefly her sad story. The nun was deeply touched at the
+tale--so fraught with sorrow.
+
+“What do you count upon doing?” she asked her.
+
+“Alas, I do not know. Here I am alone and without resources. How can
+I bring up my little one? I shall have to abandon him, but I shall not
+live long anyway, I am sure of that, so perhaps I shall make way with
+myself.”
+
+“That would not be doing exactly right. Suppose you try to follow my
+advice. Give your child to some charitable person and come live with
+me.”
+
+“I could not ask for anything better, but why can’t I take my little
+one along with me?”
+
+“Because it is against the rules of our order to receive children.
+I know it is hard for you to give up your little one, but since you
+scarcely have any choice in the matter, you must resign yourself.
+If you were to continue on your way with your little son you would
+unquestionably fall into the hands of the brigands. Besides, it is
+possible that you may be able to reclaim your child some day in the
+future. When he becomes a man he will aid you in getting retribution
+for his father’s death.”
+
+Yeng-Si followed the advice of the nun. She wrapped the little fellow
+as well as she could, tearing bandages from her own clothes. Since
+she wished to have some sign which would enable her to recognize her
+son, she took his arm and with a needle traced on the pink flesh the
+characters forming the name of San-Syeng. Then she went over these
+letters with India ink which the nun gave her. Finally, slipping off
+the ring which she wore, she placed it in the wrappings of the child.
+This finished, she started out accompanied by the nun. They were going
+to the neighboring village to place the child at a street corner and
+then return to the temple.
+
+Very soon, Yeng-Si could sight the roofs of the little village where
+she was to say “good-bye” to her son. Alas, the child, whom she and
+her husband had been looking forward to with such great joy, would be
+abandoned just as if she were an unnatural mother. Her cup was filled
+to the brim with sorrow, for her husband had been murdered before her
+eyes and now her son was to be left on a street corner. More dead than
+alive, she gently placed the child on the ground after giving him a
+last fond kiss. With a supreme effort she regained her courage and
+walked slowly away, shedding tears of sorrow, while the hunger-cries of
+the baby grew louder and louder.
+
+She tottered along very, very feebly, she was so torn with emotion and
+anguish. The nun, familiar with sad scenes, was nevertheless deeply
+moved.
+
+“Pray, pray to Heaven,” she said to Yeng-Si, “some day you will find
+your son. He will come to you when he grows up. Something within me
+gives me confidence in what I am telling you, but prepare yourself for
+a long separation--take courage.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here endeth our third chapter._
+
+
+
+
+ IV
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+
+When the vapors of intoxication had cleared from Su-Rung’s brain, his
+first thought was of his captive. He ran to the old woman’s hut where
+the widow of San-Houni was confined. Great was his astonishment on
+finding the house empty. In vain did he burst into anger, and shout. No
+one answered. Breathless from rage, he went to his brother.
+
+“Have you seen these two women?”
+
+“No. I have not seen them since I was here last.”
+
+“They have disappeared, but I know how to find them.”
+
+Su-Rung set out in pursuit accompanied by his brother. The latter
+feared that Su-Rung in his fury would do harm if he succeeded in coming
+upon the fugitives and Su-Yeng wished to be present to protect them
+should the worst come to the worst.
+
+Traveling speedily, the two brothers very soon reached the shores of
+the lake, of which we have spoken before. Here they saw Yeng-Si’s
+sandals by the water’s edge and a body floating in the middle of the
+lake.
+
+Even Su-Rung was moved by the sight and cried:
+
+“The poor woman is drowned.”
+
+“Brother,” replied Su-Yeng, “you would not listen to me and you have
+been punished. You wished to make this woman your slave and she has
+escaped from your clutches in spite of your efforts. What a great
+misfortune for us.”
+
+“You mean to say that it is my fault,” took up Su-Rung, angrily, “You
+are to blame yourself. Why did you let my prisoner escape?”
+
+The dispute between the two brothers lasted in this manner until
+Su-Rung’s rage had cooled. Instead of retracing their steps at once
+they continued on their way to the neighboring village and were the
+first ones to find the baby which Yeng-Si had left there a half hour
+or so before. Quite pleased at his unusual discovery Su-Rung took the
+little being and carried it home with him where he confided it to a
+nurse, instructing her to take the greatest care of the little boy.
+
+Several times Su-Rung questioned his brother concerning the escape of
+the two women. Not being successful, however, in learning anything
+about the matter he dismissed the entire subject from his mind.
+
+The murderer of San-Houni gave all his time to the education of the
+child he had adopted. He treated him as if he were his own son. It
+must be said that the little fellow gave him abundant cause for
+satisfaction. He was good to look upon, extremely intelligent and grew
+up rapidly. One day he asked Su-Rung:
+
+“Father, where is my mother?”
+
+“Your mother,” replied Su-Rung, very much embarrassed by the question,
+“your mother died a short time after you were born.”
+
+Su-Rung was in the habit of accompanying his adopted son to school. The
+young scholar was not long in distinguishing himself among his comrades
+who could not witness his success without a show of jealousy and hate.
+To obtain revenge they could find nothing better to do than to taunt
+him about having no parents.
+
+“No parents,” shouted the indignant boy. “Why, I have a father and it
+is not my fault if I lost my mother before I was able to know her. I do
+not see why I deserve your reproaches.”
+
+“That shows that you really do not know anything about yourself.
+Su-Rung is not your father. He is only a thief and a robber. He found
+you on a street corner and brought you up.”
+
+This revelation troubled the child very much and he made it known to
+Su-Rung.
+
+“Don’t be troubled about that, my child,” replied the latter. “These
+boys are jealous of you and they invent these stories to anger you.
+They are not worth bothering about at all.”
+
+Yeng-Si’s son was somewhat reassured by this. But other circumstances
+aroused his suspicions. He accidentally discovered the name of
+San-Syeng tattooed on his arm. Additional evidence was furnished him
+when he found a ring one day while rummaging among some old books and
+papers. He hid this precious object in his pocket, saying to himself:
+
+“I believe what the fellows told me was true after all.”
+
+From this day on, San-Syeng was constantly preoccupied with thoughts as
+to who his parents might be. In order to more easily solve this problem
+he determined to travel through the country, thinking that some day he
+would be able to discover those to whom he owed his birth.
+
+When he had reached his seventeenth year, San-Syeng asked Su-Rung
+for permission to make a trip through Korea in order to finish his
+education. Su-Rung made no opposition, although he preferred that his
+adopted son take a traveling companion. Nevertheless, he did not insist
+but gave his consent for San-Syeng to travel alone on a journey that
+would consume perhaps two years.
+
+San-Syeng had been gone several weeks when he came to a beautiful
+little village where he counted upon remaining but a short while. Until
+now, his voyage had been uneventful. But the time for adventure was
+at hand. The first incident was somewhat distasteful. San-Syeng had
+stopped for a moment in the street where some children were playing. He
+was watching their antics with pleasure when he received a shock. He
+had just heard one of the gamins ask one of his comrades.
+
+“Do you know that robber, Su-Rung?”
+
+“By name, yes, but I have never seen him. Why do you ask me that? He’s
+a wicked man.”
+
+“Because they tell a remarkable story about that fellow. One of my
+friends was at school with the son, or rather the adopted son, of this
+thief. It seems, in fact, that Su-Rung found the child abandoned by the
+roadside and took him home and raised him. Thanks to his robberies, the
+man is very rich. He has just sent his son on a long trip. That’s what
+my friend told me.”
+
+San-Syeng had not missed a word of this conversation. His curiosity was
+aroused to the highest pitch, so he approached the youngster who had
+spoken, and asked,
+
+“Pardon me, friend, would you tell me your name? Do you know Su-Rung?”
+
+“Sir, I know this man only through having heard tales of him.”
+
+This reply hardly satisfied San-Syeng, but, believing that the child
+had been frightened, he did not pursue his questioning further but
+walked on.
+
+Shortly afterward, San-Syeng came to the village of Yen-Yu, where he
+decided to tarry for a few days to recover from the fatigue of his
+travels.
+
+Before seeking a lodging he took a stroll through the village to see
+the sights. His attention was drawn to a great mansion surrounded by a
+vast garden, so he turned in this direction to view it more closely.
+He came to a pause when he saw in the garden a young girl of marvelous
+beauty. It was impossible to approach her as the garden was surrounded
+by a continuous wall. He walked on for a few paces and then, yielding
+to some indescribable impulse, he retraced his steps. The young girl
+was still there. She turned a candid look toward the walker, giving
+the young man a subtle thrill of pleasure. It is true that his eyes
+had never met such a sight--a bright oval face as fresh as a half
+ripened peach, eyes that rivaled the stars in their brilliancy. Her
+hair, which fell down over her shoulders, was as fine and golden as
+the clouds which disappear behind the mountain peaks in the rays of
+the setting sun. Add to these attractions a very small hand and a gait
+as graceful as the flight of a bird. The admiration of San-Syeng could
+not be restrained. He could not take his eyes away from the vision of
+loveliness. The girl, walking up and down the garden, now and then cast
+furtive glances at the youth who was watching her.
+
+San-Syeng was in a veritable daze. For a considerable time he remained
+in the one spot, even after the beautiful unknown had disappeared.
+Finally, he decided to find a lodging, hoping also to obtain some
+information concerning the beautiful girl whose charms still held him.
+His first action, therefore, on arriving at the village inn, was to
+inquire:
+
+“To whom does yonder mansion belong that is surrounded by such
+a beautiful garden? Its owner is doubtless a personage of some
+importance?”
+
+“Yes, it is the estate of a very rich family, the head of which,
+Yeng-Yen-Sa, is dead. The only people who live in that large house are
+his wife and his daughter.”
+
+“Is the daughter married?”
+
+“No, sir, she is scarcely seventeen years old.”
+
+San-Syeng’s curiosity was satisfied for the moment. When alone, he
+gave himself up to reflection. First, he determined to lengthen his
+stay in Yen-Yu. He was burning with desire to see the unknown beauty
+again. Each day for hours at a time he would walk in the neighborhood
+of the garden where he had first seen the young girl who was constantly
+occupying his thoughts. Alas! his beautiful stroller of the garden
+remained indoors. He was sad unto death. One evening, when his sorrow,
+revived again by the memory of his parents, was more acute than ever,
+he sought distraction in music. He took his flute, and, stationing
+himself near the garden, improvised the following verses:
+
+ “Homeless am I--I know neither Heaven nor Earth.
+
+ I am walking in despair, seeking in vain for those who gave me birth.
+
+ In a garden there is a flower of marvelous beauty.
+
+ I would like to pluck this blossom, but the branches which bear it
+ are so high I cannot reach them.
+
+ My most ardent desire would be to die and become a butterfly so that
+ I could hover about this adorable flower.”
+
+San-Syeng then cleverly composed a sweet melody, to serve as an
+accompaniment to this poetry, which he played upon his instrument with
+much feeling.
+
+The young girl had heard everything. Deeply perplexed, she asked
+herself what could be the meaning of the charming words which had come
+to her ears.
+
+“If this young man,” she mused, “does not know Heaven nor Earth, it
+means he has lost his parents. If he wants to be transformed into a
+butterfly to flit around a flower, it means he loves a young girl.”
+
+Very much puzzled, she sent her servant to inquire who could be the
+author of the verses she had just heard. She wondered if it were
+not the young man whom she had seen a few days before walking near
+the garden. Still impressed by what she had heard, she took her own
+instrument and in turn improvised the following verses:
+
+ “The spider spins her web from flower-stem to flower-stem, but the
+ butterfly does not come.
+
+ I have dug a lake in my garden to attract the swans, but in vain are
+ my labors.
+
+ I have planted a tree to serve as a refuge for the swallow, but the
+ bird remains mute to my call while displeasing birds come a-flocking.
+
+ To-day, however, I heard the song of the blue bird. He has at last
+ arrived and very soon he will be close and dear to me.
+
+ The age of sixteen is the fair Springtime of life. If I want to be
+ happy, I should not wait much longer.”
+
+These words filled San-Syeng with a deep joy for they seemed to be a
+reply to his own verses and he felt overwhelmed with emotion. He went
+home, but it was in vain that he tried to sleep.
+
+On her part, the young girl slept with difficulty, as her mind was
+agitated by what had just taken place. Now it came to pass that her
+father appeared before her in a dream and said, “My daughter, there is
+stopping at the inn nearest our home a traveler whose merits I bring
+to your attention. It is the son of San-Houni, the scholar, one of my
+best friends. I would like you to marry this young man.”
+
+She objected that she was not even acquainted with the youth.
+
+“Yes, my daughter,” replied her father, “you have already seen him. He
+comes of a very noble family. Good-bye, my daughter.”
+
+The young girl wished to detain her father, but to her sorrow her
+efforts were of no avail; the vision faded and she awoke in tears.
+
+“How can I obey my father’s command,” she complained. “I must devise
+some way to meet this young man. I will go into the garden again this
+evening and perhaps I shall see the man whom my father has ordered me
+to marry.”
+
+She was not disappointed in her hopes. When night had lowered its
+curtain of darkness she went down into the garden and caught sight of
+San-Syeng. But instead of going to meet him, she turned and rushed into
+the house like a frightened kitten.
+
+San-Syeng was stupefied and broken up by her sudden disappearance.
+Despairing of being able to talk with the girl he loved, he resolved
+to write to her. So the next evening he returned to the garden with a
+letter. Again the young girl appeared for a few minutes. He walked in
+front of her, tossed the letter over the garden wall, and left.
+
+The young girl ran to pick it up, hurried with it to her room, where
+she read the neat characters:
+
+ “Mademoiselle, excuse my boldness. I have but a few words to say.
+ Do you know what the butterfly is? It is an insect that is fond of
+ flowers. Nights when attracted by the light of the lamps which it
+ takes for flowers, it throws itself into the flame and perishes.”
+
+“This is a comparison that applies to me closely,” thought the young
+girl. “I shall have my answer for this young man to-morrow.”
+
+The next evening when San-Syeng returned to his post by the garden wall
+he saw the girl raise both hands and point to the moon.
+
+After this graceful and significant gesture she ran into the house.
+
+San-Syeng went home, much perplexed. “She made a sign to me,” he
+pondered, “but what meaning does this sign have?” He reflected for a
+long time, conjuring up hypothesis after hypothesis. Finally, he struck
+his forehead with an exclamation of joy, crying: “I believe I have it.
+The girl raised both of her hands, she must have meant the number ten.
+Then she pointed to the moon, that surely means at night. She wanted to
+tell me that she would meet me to-morrow evening at ten o’clock. That’s
+it beyond a doubt.”
+
+He awaited with impatience the following evening. Long before the
+appointed time he was in the garden, worried and anxious as to whether
+he had not given an erroneous interpretation to the young girl’s
+gesture. At ten o’clock she came daintily along the garden path,
+advancing gaily and smiling. She paused to pick a flower which she
+placed between her lips. One might have thought she was playing the
+flute, so sweet were the soft, low sounds of song which came from her
+throat. Picking up a dead branch she amused herself by whipping the
+leaves which strewed the ground. San-Syeng contemplated the vision
+with an admiration that held him spellbound. One might have said it
+was like a cat entrapping a mouse. When she arrived within a few paces
+of him she stopped as if frightened and seemed about to draw back.
+Then San-Syeng advanced toward her. “How beautiful she is,” was his
+thought. So great was his admiration that he could not find a single
+word to say. The young girl too remained silent. San-Syeng thought, “My
+first words must express all the love I feel, but my tongue is weak and
+incapable of it. What is her feeling toward me? Does she have a tender
+and loving heart, or has wickedness already penetrated this beautiful
+young soul? Let’s try a little trick.”
+
+The girl saw San-Syeng drop suddenly to the ground. Without an
+instant’s hesitation she ran to his help. Supporting his head in her
+hands, and after dusting off his clothes which had been soiled by the
+fall, she assisted him to arise and led him to a nearby bench.
+
+Then San-Syeng said wearily, as if he were just regaining
+consciousness, “Pardon me, mademoiselle, I am confused with all the
+trouble I am giving you.”
+
+“Not at all, sir,” replied the young girl. “I am happy to have been
+able to render you assistance. I only ask for permission to put one
+question to you. Where do you live?”
+
+“I live at Nam-Hai and my name is San-Syeng.”
+
+“Has it been very long since you left that town?”
+
+“Almost six months.”
+
+“And have you seen many interesting things on your journey?”
+
+“Yes, many.”
+
+“Your parents are still alive, I suppose?”
+
+“No, mademoiselle, I lost my parents a long time ago. And are your
+father and mother still alive?”
+
+“My father is dead and I live with my mother. Wasn’t it you who came
+here playing the flute the other evening?”
+
+“It was I, mademoiselle. And tell me, didn’t you reply on your
+instrument?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“I am very grateful. You have condescended to listen, you have not
+repulsed me, and this evening you have given me the greatest of
+pleasures by talking with me.”
+
+“But, sir, were you ill just a while ago?”
+
+“Mademoiselle, I lost my head through love of you. May I in turn ask
+why you did not reply to my note? You made a sign to me and I imagined
+that you were inviting me to return this evening at ten o’clock. Was I
+right?”
+
+“Yes, sir, you divined my thoughts exactly. Do you know you have
+given evidence of great intelligence. You have captured my heart
+without the slightest effort, like the fisherman who catches a fish
+that is surprised to see itself so easily taken. Now you may call me
+Yeng-So-Yei, for that is my name.”
+
+At these words, San-Syeng seized the hand of the girl and covered it
+with kisses.
+
+“I have not sought to ensnare you. It was merely my love, my boundless
+love, which impelled me to act thus. But it is late. Your mother
+will notice your absence and will become worried. Let us meet again
+to-morrow at the same hour.”
+
+The young girl nodded her head as a sign of acquiescence and withdrew
+into the house. In the solitude of her room she thought for a long time
+of the events of the evening. “I love this young man,” she said, “he
+is so intelligent and has such a splendid appearance. In giving him my
+heart I have done nothing but obey my father’s counsel. Therefore, I
+should have no remorse about my conduct. I shall marry the man I love
+and accomplish my father’s wish.”
+
+Similar reflections agitated San-Syeng’s mind. “How beautiful and good
+she is!” he would repeat to himself. “I love her to distraction. I can
+never wait until to-morrow evening to see her. How long this night and
+day are going to be!”
+
+The hours rolled around, however, and the time came for San-Syeng
+to visit the girl once more. She came running to meet him, her face
+radiant with joy and happiness. After they had exchanged a few words of
+greeting she said to San-Syeng:
+
+“Let’s go into the house. We can talk better. You can come to my room
+where no one will disturb us.”
+
+“But don’t you fear that your mother will notice something?”
+
+“My mother is very old and feeble, we have nothing to fear from her.”
+
+San-Syeng followed the young girl. He was much impressed to see with
+what skill she had arranged her room. He complimented her on her taste
+and good judgment and added: “How happy you must be!”
+
+“And aren’t you happy, too?”
+
+“Alas, I have lost my parents, and I am alone in the world. Life is no
+longer attractive to me. You have given me the first pleasure in my
+life and I am obliged to resume my travels within a few days.”
+
+“But why must you leave? Haven’t you told me that you loved me?”
+
+“Yes, I love you with all my heart and soul. But it is only another
+misfortune for me because I can never marry you.”
+
+“Why do you say that?”
+
+“I can never marry you because you are rich, while I am penniless.”
+
+“Fie, foolish,” teased the girl, drawing him to her. “Don’t you know
+that I love you and that nothing can prevent me from being your
+wife and companion? We shall marry. Do not leave me. Remain with me
+to-night, my mother will not know.”
+
+Their lips were united in one long kiss. At daybreak San-Syeng
+departed. He regarded himself as the happiest of mortals and promised
+to spare no effort to make life happy for the girl who had chosen him
+for her husband.
+
+Every evening the young man went to visit his wife. Now it came to
+pass one night, that her mother, unable to sleep, arose from her couch
+and went walking through the house. Passing before the door of her
+daughter’s room she heard, above the sound of mingled kisses, her
+daughter speaking with some one. Immediately she fell into a great
+fury. She tried to open the door, but was unsuccessful. Calling a
+servant, she said:
+
+“Take a sabre, and place yourself before this door. You are to kill the
+first person who leaves that room.”
+
+San-Syeng and his wife had not heard these words for they were asleep.
+The girl had another dream in which she saw her father. “My daughter,”
+he said, “you are in great danger. Your husband’s life is threatened.
+Arise and see what is on the other side of your door. Find a way for
+your husband to escape. Give him my favorite horse so that he can take
+flight. You may also give him my sword. You will be separated for some
+time, but you will be united in the days to come.”
+
+Startled by the warning, the young girl softly opened the door where
+she saw the servant with drawn sabre.
+
+“What are you doing here--and with a weapon, too?” she demanded.
+
+“I am standing guard at your mother’s orders and I am to kill the first
+person who leaves your room.”
+
+“Why, my mother is mad. There is no one with me. I was just about to
+call you anyway and send you on an errand. I would like to write and I
+haven’t a single bit of paper. Will you get me some?”
+
+“I cannot leave this post, mademoiselle.”
+
+“Why not? If you are afraid that my mother’s prisoner will escape, let
+me have your sabre. I will take your place while you get me what I
+want.”
+
+The servant was persuaded with little difficulty. Scarcely had he left
+than the young lady ran to her husband and cried: “Up at once or you
+are lost. My mother has learned that there is some one with me and has
+stationed a servant at the door with orders to kill any one who leaves
+my room. Wait for me in the garden.”
+
+San-Syeng arose hurriedly and descended cautiously and quietly into the
+garden. The servant returned and received the assurance that no one had
+left the room which he had been guarding.
+
+“I think I shall take a walk in the garden,” the girl suggested. “This
+room is too warm for me.”
+
+She went direct to the stables where she led out the horse which her
+father had mentioned and brought him to San-Syeng. The two lovers
+embraced and wept bitterly at being forced to part in so abrupt a
+fashion. The girl had gathered together her jewels and what silver
+she had at hand and turned them over to San-Syeng together with her
+father’s favorite sword. San-Syeng, despite his protest, was forced to
+accept them. He slipped from his finger the ring which he had found
+among the books long years before and the significance of which he did
+not even guess.
+
+“Take this keepsake,” he said to his wife. “It is a token of my undying
+love. As long as I live I shall think only of you and I hope soon
+to come back for you. I will go to the Capital and shall soon have
+matters fixed so that I may rejoin you. Good-bye.”
+
+He went away, his head bowed in sadness, while the young girl, tears
+rolling down her cheeks, followed him with her eyes until she saw him
+disappear in the black depths of the wood.
+
+“I wish I could burn that forest and then my San-Syeng would have to
+take the mountain road, and I wish the plagued mountains were at the
+bottom of the sea,” cried the unhappy girl--“for I would be able to see
+my husband again.”
+
+She remained for a long time in the one spot motionless as a statue. At
+last, she decided to go to her room, following in spirit San-Syeng who
+was galloping briskly toward the Capital. He arrived there when there
+was great excitement among the people of the city because of the death
+of the King and the exile of the young Prince to the Isle of Cho-To,
+events upon which we shall comment in the coming stage of our story.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here the fourth stage of our legend cometh to a close._
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+V
+
+
+It was Ja-Jo-Mi, the Prime Minister, who had been the chief cause of
+all the evils which had come to Sun-Yen and San-Houni. This dignitary,
+no longer having any one to fear, enjoyed absolute power. The King had
+entire confidence in him and placed in his hands the administration
+of the government. Ja-Jo-Mi had taken advantage of this to give all
+the important and lucrative offices to his followers. For example, he
+discharged in disgrace a general whom he disliked and replaced him
+with one of his most zealous but incompetent partisans. Even with all
+this power the ambitious Minister was not satisfied. Why should he not
+push things to the limit and place himself upon the throne? For the
+present, it was only a dream which Ja-Jo-Mi hoped to realize some day.
+But he was only awaiting a favorable occasion and this was not long in
+presenting itself.
+
+The King fell suddenly ill. His condition became so grave that the
+leading physicians of the Kingdom were obliged to confess their
+inability to cure him. He was well aware of his serious condition and
+cherished no illusions about it. He sensed the flutter of the wings of
+Death--wings drenched with the tears of weeping humanity. He sent for
+the Prime Minister, to whom he spoke after the following fashion:
+
+“I am going to die. My great regret is in leaving a son too young
+efficiently to govern the country. Factions will take advantage of the
+situation to disturb the peace of the Kingdom. Yet I want my son to
+succeed me on the throne. Consequently I am requiring of you a further
+proof of your devotion. Promise me to give this child the guidance of
+your counsel and wisdom. Teach him to govern kindly and finish his
+education.”
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous, swore solemnly that he would faithfully
+observe the last commands of his master. The monarch desired to see his
+son, so the latter was brought to his bedside. The King tenderly took
+the youth in his arms. He seemed to wish, through him, to cling longer
+to the life he was leaving. But the fatal hour had come; he drew his
+last breath in a sob.
+
+His son, overcome by grief, uttered wild cries--“Oh, my father, my only
+refuge, why do you forsake me? Why must you leave me?” Finally he fell
+into a swoon.
+
+The Prime Minister, who was present at this scene, tried to calm the
+young Prince with profuse and hypocritical condolences. His words were
+far from being in accord with his inner thoughts. The King’s death
+filled his soul with joy, for it rendered easier the project he had
+been dreaming about for so long.
+
+When the funeral ceremonies were over, the Governors of the provinces
+held a conference upon the question of choosing a new King. The
+Governors’ choice naturally fell upon the shoulders of the deceased
+King’s son. This decision exasperated Ja-Jo-Mi; he protested furiously
+against it, saying that the Prince was too young to attend to affairs
+of state and he painted a very black picture of the conditions of the
+country if the government were placed in his hands.
+
+“Moreover, the dying King appointed me to rule until his son should be
+capable of taking the throne.”
+
+The Prime Minister expected favorable results from this announcement.
+The Governors, however, contented themselves with exchanging
+significant glances, but they did not utter a word in support of the
+Minister’s proposal.
+
+This cold reception did not leave Ja-Jo-Mi any delusions as to the
+attitude of the Governors on the subject. Renouncing the powers of
+peaceful persuasion, he resolved to employ force. He summoned the
+General whose support he was assured of and said to him:
+
+“You will throw into prison any official who is hostile to me.”
+
+The General bowed in a sign of obedience and withdrew. Although very
+much terrified, the Governors did not submit peacefully to this new
+means of intimidation and Ja-Jo-Mi condemned several of the most
+influential of them to banishment. No one was in a position now to
+oppose the execution of his designs.
+
+Having thus overridden the opposition of the Governors, Ja-Jo-Mi went
+to the young King.
+
+“All powerful Prince,” he said, kneeling respectfully, “forgive me if
+I disturb you in your grief. The welfare of the people compels me to
+discuss with you certain things which I fain would defer to a more
+opportune moment.”
+
+“Speak,” bade the young King.
+
+“You are doubtless well aware that, according to the precepts laid down
+by the venerable philosopher, Kong-Ji, no one can reign in Korea before
+attaining a certain age. In spite of your exceptional intelligence and
+remarkable ability I fear that you are too young to rule alone. Your
+father, my regretted master, on his death bed, requested me to look
+after the interests of the State while you were preparing to assume
+them yourself. It is with great regret that I remind you of this last
+wish of the deceased King, for I am aggravating your sorrow, I know.
+But I hope that you will conform to your father’s desires and the
+philosopher’s wisdom.”
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi had hoped to convince the Prince with these arguments. Great
+then was his astonishment when the youth replied:
+
+“You are interpreting the last words of my dear father for your own
+ends and in your own interests. He asked you to guide and advise me
+but did not intimate that you should take my place at the head of the
+Koreans. Know then, that it is my intention to govern in person. I have
+nothing more to add.”
+
+It was a summary dismissal. Ja-Jo-Mi, feigning to acquiesce in the
+desires of his sovereign, withdrew backwards, saying:
+
+“Sire, it shall be as you wish.”
+
+Thus the ambitious Minister had encountered, in the energy of the young
+King, a formidable obstruction in the path of his plans. But it did not
+discourage him. Since the Prince would not relinquish his post with a
+good grace, he would commandeer it by force. It would be very easy.
+All the office-holders at the Capital were devoted to Ja-Jo-Mi, for it
+was through him that they held their places. The people were not to
+be feared for they lacked leaders. One bright and beautiful day, the
+King found himself under arrest and transported to Cho-To. The Prime
+Minister had ordered the prisoner to be guarded by the troops day and
+night and the deposed Prince was kept under the strictest surveillance
+all the time.
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous, for the time being, was master of the land.
+He hoped soon to be completely rid of the legitimate King and to finish
+his days tranquilly on the throne that he had so treacherously usurped.
+
+These events had caused a growing unrest throughout the length and
+breadth of Korea. The people were talking and grumbling, but they
+did not dare openly to manifest their disapproval. The conduct of
+the Prime Minister became an every-day topic of conversation. On the
+street corners, bolder groups were wont to gather and discuss matters
+vigorously.
+
+One day, when San-Syeng was out walking he noticed one of these crowds;
+he hurried back to his lodgings and inquired of Hong-Jun, his landlord,
+who had formerly held an important commission in the army,
+
+“What has happened? I see that the inhabitants of this city, ordinarily
+so calm and peaceful, laboring under unusual excitement. What’s the
+cause of it?”
+
+“What, don’t you know?” replied Hong-Jun. “It is rumored that the Prime
+Minister, who always did have a detestable reputation, has just crowned
+his infamy by exiling the King’s son. Instead of occupying the throne,
+our young ruler is in prison.”
+
+San-Syeng was thunder-struck. Heeding only the impulses of his noble
+heart, he resolved to discover some means to help the unfortunate young
+ruler.
+
+He had a dream that night which served to strengthen his resolution. He
+saw in his dream a person whom he had already met in the course of his
+travels and who asked his name.
+
+“My name is San-Syeng.”
+
+“Good, I belong to the same family as you. My name is San-Houni. I was
+banished from the Capital by Ja-Jo-Mi. While on my way to the island
+of Ko-Kum-To I was murdered by the robber Su-Rung. Listen, for I have
+something to ask of you. At this very moment, the deceased King’s son
+is in exile at Cho-To. He is also a victim of Ja-Jo-Mi. Go, help him.”
+
+San-Syeng told his questioner that he had fully made up his mind to
+assist the young ruler. “Can you not,” he added subsequently, “give me
+some information about my family?”
+
+“It is impossible for me to grant your wish for the present,” was the
+rejoinder, and the vision disappeared. When San-Syeng awoke he recalled
+his dream in all its minute details.
+
+What could this mystery be which surrounded Su-Rung? San-Syeng had
+heard the man whom he regarded as a father spoken of as a thief and now
+he was pictured as an assassin. All this gave the young man food for
+serious reflection. However, the most urgent matter now was to go to
+the succour of the young exile and San-Syeng took immediate steps to
+leave for Cho-To.
+
+It was an island that was easily accessible but by the orders of
+Ja-Jo-Mi no one was permitted to land there without a permit from the
+Prime Minister. In vain did San-Syeng try to evade the vigilance of the
+soldiers who were guarding the shore. He was forced to confess that it
+was impossible to land on the island. Not disheartened by his failure,
+however, he resolved to await more auspicious circumstances for the
+carrying out of his project.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here endeth the fifth stage of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+VI
+
+
+Let us retrace our steps. The reader will recall how the adorable
+Cheng-Si, daughter of the unfortunate Sun-Yen, had agreed, in order
+to procure help for her father, to become the victim that the Korean
+merchants were to offer the hungry monsters of the Yellow Sea.
+
+When the vessel that bore the young girl had reached the open sea and
+the merchants had finished a session of prayer, they summoned Cheng-Si
+before them.
+
+“The time for the sacrifice has come,” they told her. “Now you may
+retire, purify your body, put on your most beautiful gown. We will wait
+for you here.”
+
+Cheng-Si obeyed their commands with resignation. She soon appeared on
+the deck, fresh as a new rose. One might have thought that she was
+going to her wedding instead of her death.
+
+The traders had prepared a magnificent altar covered with white and
+bearing curiously carved incense burners. From the midst of the incense
+arose fragrant blue clouds of myrrh. At each end of the table burned
+an immense candle, the flames from which flickered to and fro in the
+breeze.
+
+The girl was stationed between the two candles, in front of the incense
+burners. The merchants knelt and began to pray. Cheng-Si, the fair,
+consigned her soul to Heaven. Not that she experienced regret at
+leaving this life, but her last thoughts were of the blind father whom
+she had forsaken.
+
+Her prayers concluded, the girl, without showing a trace of emotion,
+threw herself resolutely into the sea while the vessel continued on
+its way. Cheng-Si, who fully expected to drown in a few minutes,
+perceived with astonishment that she was resting on the surface of the
+water. In her plunge she had struck an obstacle and this obstacle was
+nothing else than a gigantic sea turtle. The animal kept on swimming,
+without seeming to be incommoded by his unusual burden. The young girl
+naturally seized this unlooked for chance of salvation. She allowed
+herself to be borne by the turtle and soon she enjoyed such a feeling
+of security that she fell asleep and a vision came to her. Her mother
+appeared before her, borne on the fleecy sheets of a cloud, and left
+with her these words:
+
+“My daughter, be not afraid. Heed what I have to say to you and, above
+all things, follow my advice. Do not forsake the turtle who has saved
+your life until he has carried you safely to the shore.” With this
+message, the vision vanished.
+
+Upon awakening, Cheng-Si glanced about her in all directions and
+noticed an island in the near distance. “Doubtless that is to be my
+future home,” she said to herself. “My dream is already beginning to
+come true. I shall follow my dear mother’s advice.”
+
+The turtle, arriving close to the shore, turned aside into a deep
+subterranean passage and kept on swimming for several hours until
+it reached a point where the channel was very narrow. The innocent
+Cheng-Si jumped ashore crying:
+
+“Thank you, good turtle, for saving my life.”
+
+While the large animal turned and swam back toward the sea the girl
+tried to comprehend the situation in which she found herself. Amidst
+the deep darkness she was seized with a great fear. “Alas!” she cried,
+“poor me! I have escaped death only for a little while. How can I get
+out of this cave?” Suddenly she saw a ray of sunlight that filtered
+through the rocky vault above her head. She turned in this direction
+and saw two small polished stone flasks which shone in the sunlight.
+Lying conspicuously close by was a letter addressed to Cheng-Si
+herself. The young girl had had so many adventures in so short a time
+that this strange coincidence did not cause her any surprise. Breaking
+the seal on the letter, she read the following:
+
+“Drink the contents of these two bottles. One of them will wash away
+the fatigue of your long voyage. The other will clarify your ideas
+about the strange events which no doubt have troubled you.”
+
+Cheng-Si drank the two beverages and she immediately felt a renewed
+energy flowing through her veins. Her head was as clear as a bell. She
+picked her way carefully along the sides of the cavern in the direction
+whence the sunlight came. Her way was soon blocked by a pile of dirt
+which she painfully dug aside with her own hands. Presently she had
+made an opening large enough to admit her slender body. Drawing herself
+up through the hole she found that she was in the hollow trunk of an
+immense tree whose roots reached way down into the floor of the cave.
+
+Cheng-Si enjoyed to the fullest measure the dazzling bright daylight.
+She was in an enchanted garden. Not only were there trees of luxuriant
+green foliage, spreading gorgeous blossoms caressed by the soft, sweet
+breath of variegated butterflies, and bees and birds, but the air
+itself was laden with an intoxicating perfume. A huge wall served to
+close the garden from outside view. In the centre arose a magnificent
+dwelling which harmonized nicely with its surroundings.
+
+After a few minutes rest, Cheng-Si picked her way carefully through the
+briars and brambles covering the trunk of the tree and began to stroll
+about the garden.
+
+Now it so happened that the beautiful house and this fairy garden were
+the residence and place of recreation for the young King whom Ja-Jo-Mi,
+the unscrupulous, in his wickedness, had exiled, as we have previously
+seen. His captivity had already lasted for several months. The young
+Prince, giving himself up to a bitter melancholy, could not take his
+thoughts from the memory of his parents. Ceaselessly he thought of
+his father and his mother, both of whom had shown him such tender
+affection. At times he would ponder over the future where he could see
+no issue from the plight in which he found himself but death.
+
+“Why should I cling to life any longer? This everlasting loneliness,
+is it not the most cruel of punishments? Yes, it is better to die,”
+mourned the young Prince so sadly that at his approach even the birds
+stopped singing.
+
+This very day he was determined to carry out his dismal plans. He
+carefully made all his preparations. A rope tightly attached to the
+bough of a tree at one end with the other end passed around his neck
+would be his instrument of deliverance. The poor victim of Ja-Jo-Mi
+said his last prayers. In a few minutes his body would be swinging
+into space. But the Prince hesitated. He had just seen a young girl,
+a beautiful vision in white, strolling along the shady paths of his
+garden.
+
+“Who in the world can that be?” queried the Prince. “It seems that I am
+not here all alone, after all. I must solve this mystery.”
+
+He forgot his plans of suicide; his melancholy mood disappeared. A
+single glimpse of a woman had had this potent effect on him--believe it
+or not. He untied the cord from about his neck and started in headlong
+pursuit after the charming apparition. ’Twas effort wasted! The girl
+turned around a tree and vanished as if by magic.
+
+The young Prince was sorely perplexed. He questioned whether he was not
+dreaming. But no, his eyes had clearly seen. Later on, when the curtain
+of twilight began to lower its darkness the prisoner entered his house
+to seek slumber but all night long he was haunted by the memory of the
+girl he had seen in his garden and he could not sleep.
+
+Almost before daybreak, he dressed in great haste and left the house. A
+butterfly hovered about his head. He tried to catch it but could not.
+He stubbornly gave chase, following it in its many turns and wanderings
+about the garden. Suddenly the insect disappeared in the hollow trunk
+of a tree. The young man had closely watched the insect’s flight, and
+feeling certain now of capturing his prey, he advanced with open hands.
+He expected to find a butterfly, and, behold, he discovered a beautiful
+young girl before him. So great was his surprise that he recoiled for
+a moment, but quickly suppressing this instinctive impulse, he went
+toward her, saying:
+
+“Excuse me, for having disturbed you in your retreat. I stumbled upon
+it purely by accident. I was chasing a butterfly that took refuge in
+the trunk of this tree, and in trying to catch it I came upon you.”
+
+Cheng-Si needed these words to reassure her. At the sight of the young
+man she was seized with an unusual fear. Her agitation prevented her
+from speaking, but the young King continued:
+
+“I am very sorry to have troubled you. Calm yourself. May I ask where
+you live?”
+
+“I have no parents, or home, sir. I was walking by the seashore when I
+fell into the water. A turtle caught me on his back and carried me to
+this island where I have been for several days.”
+
+“Like you, I am an orphan,” the Prince went on. “I am a son of the late
+King of Korea. After my father’s death I was banished to this island
+by the Prime Minister, Ja-Jo-Mi. Both of us have been unfortunate it
+seems. But, wouldn’t you like to come and rest yourself for awhile in
+my house?”
+
+“Thank you very much. But as you are a prisoner you are not free to
+allow this, are you?”
+
+“Be at ease about that. It is quite true that I am a prisoner, but no
+one disturbs my lonely life. They think that behind these high thick
+walls, outside of which they have stationed a number of soldiers, it
+would be useless to inflict upon me other guards or restrictions. You
+can follow me fearlessly. Come, it will rest you a bit.”
+
+Cheng-Si followed the young man. Hand in hand they went toward the
+exile’s home, exchanging very few words.
+
+“Here, this will be your room,” said the young King. “I will leave you
+to make yourself at home.”
+
+Cheng-Si, once alone, reflected upon what had happened to her. “This
+young man is charming and very likable,” was her thought. “Like me, he
+has undergone great hardships.”
+
+As for Ki-Si, he had totally forgotten that only a short time before
+he had planned to take his own life. He could think of nothing but his
+beautiful guest. He was drawn from his meditation by the arrival of the
+servant who came each day to bring his food.
+
+“Good,” said the young King. “Place it on that table and leave me. I
+shall serve myself to-day.”
+
+When the servant had gone, Ki-Si went for the girl.
+
+“Will you share my meagre dinner?” he asked.
+
+“Gladly, sir.”
+
+They seated themselves and began to eat.
+
+“How happy I am to take my repast in your company,” said the young
+Prince.
+
+“Why, sir, how is that?”
+
+“Because I have been here alone for so long.”
+
+“Yes, I should think it must be very dreary for you.”
+
+When the meal was over they went for a walk in the garden, the King
+meanwhile relating all his troubles to Cheng-Si, who was greatly moved
+thereby, and said:
+
+“Do not take things too hardly, my friend. Have patience. Later, when
+you regain the throne, you will forget these unhappy days.”
+
+“No,” said the young man. “There will be no throne for me. Ja-Jo-Mi
+will have me killed.”
+
+Cheng-Si gave him a little pat on the cheek and said,
+
+“Don’t be sad, my friend. Cheer up. The future will smile upon you.”
+
+Several weeks passed. One afternoon, the two went to sit down upon a
+bench in the garden, as was their custom. The young Prince laughed
+scornfully, as he pointed out to Cheng-Si the graves scattered here and
+there in the sun-kissed grass.
+
+“Why are you laughing like that?” she questioned.
+
+“Why,” he replied absently, and as if speaking in a trance. “I am
+laughing when I think that life is nothing more than a long mockery of
+bitterness and sorrow and lasts so briefly after all. Like the flies
+that spend their lifetime in a single sun’s ray, we live but a moment.
+We strive for honors and glory and what not. And to what purpose, since
+death gathers all of us under a common shroud and places us on an
+equality. Friendship and love alone can bind mankind to one another.”
+
+Then he was silent. The contrast between his own sentiments and the
+aspect of Nature was striking. The most profound sadness filled his
+heart. Everything out-of-doors on the contrary seemed to be dancing in
+a delightful frolic of love.
+
+Ki-Si, his head close to the pearly shell-like ear of Cheng-Si,
+continued:
+
+“See that butterfly yonder! He is robbing that little white flower.
+Perhaps he is intoxicated with its perfume; perhaps he is leaving a
+kiss on its rosy lips? Ah, these insects are happier than we mortals.”
+
+Cheng-Si was pensive. She was thinking of the many troubles that had
+made the young Prince esteem life so lightly. But she said to herself
+that if he could so easily detect love and the loveable in Nature, his
+soul could not be entirely immune to the sentiment itself. Possibly she
+was beloved by her companion.
+
+She said to him merrily, “Chase away your sorrow. You will not always
+be unhappy. As the Spring-time follows Winter, so laughter follows
+tears. Soon the moon will be shining, for the moon loves the sun and
+will pursue it into the darkness of night. When it rains the earth is
+refreshed and gladdened.”
+
+The sun was sinking below the horizon in a blaze of gold and glory.
+Everything marked the hour of rest and peace. The birds were flying to
+their nests, shaking the branches in their flight. A great silence lay
+over all Nature. The young Prince took Cheng-Si’s delicate little hand
+in his and murmured,
+
+“I love you.”
+
+“I love you,” was the girl’s answer.
+
+After this tender confession, the two remained for a long time without
+saying a word, buried in a deep reverie, happy in their mutual love.
+
+When they had gone home and had finished their evening repast, Ki-Si
+said to the young girl:
+
+“It is customary in our country for parents to give their children in
+marriage, but we are orphans, so what shall we do to get married?”
+
+“Let’s marry ourselves,” replied Cheng-Si, naively.
+
+“Good, let’s get ready for the ceremony.”
+
+They drew up a large table and covered it with a red cloth. Two
+candles--signifying youth; a needle and thread--signifying union; and
+incense burners, were placed on this improvised altar before which the
+betrothed pair knelt to pray to Heaven, after which they drank the
+sacramental wine from the same cup.
+
+The ceremony was over. Love soon invited them to its wedding joys and
+the following days were filled with an ineffable happiness and delight.
+
+Now it came to pass one night that the Prince had a dream. He saw in
+his dream a large bottle the upper portion of which had been broken,
+whence a crimson stream was slowly flowing. Ki-Si awoke with a start
+and aroused his companion. “Ja-Jo-Mi is going to kill me,” he cried
+with a sob. “I shall be forced to desert you, soul of my soul. Listen
+to my dream.”
+
+Cheng-Si, too, fell a victim to despair. “Let’s save ourselves while we
+can,” she cried. “We will set fire to our house and try to reach the
+seacoast. Ja-Jo-Mi will believe that you are dead.”
+
+“No,” vetoed the King. “It will be futile. I have had a dream which
+tells me of misfortune which I shall try in vain to escape.”
+
+“But, I think,” rejoined Cheng-Si, who had regained her composure,
+“that you are wrong to be so alarmed at this dream. It does not have
+the meaning which you attribute to it. When one breaks the neck of
+a bottle one holds it carefully by the bottom. This means that your
+people are determined to convey to you their good wishes, and the
+blood which trickles from the bottle signifies the royal purple with
+which you will be vested.”
+
+This explanation assuaged Ki-Si’s griefs but imperfectly. Nevertheless
+he said to Cheng-Si:
+
+“Well, suppose we leave. Let the fire burn up this place. I have spent
+too many sad days here.”
+
+Placing burning brands in various parts of the house they hurried into
+the garden. They made their way to the hollow tree where Ki-Si had
+discovered his treasure and through it descended into the cave. Shortly
+they were by the seaside.
+
+How could they go any farther? They had no boat. The young King, rather
+than fall alive into the hands of Ja-Jo-Mi, determined to kill himself.
+He ran toward the water but Cheng-Si like a flash seized her husband by
+his gown and showered upon him gentle reproaches:
+
+“Why would you desert me? Is it not my duty to follow you wherever you
+may go, even to the bottom of the sea? If you are bound to die, let us
+die together.”
+
+“No, my dear, you are young. I met you by chance. It is not fitting
+that your fate should be thus linked to mine. Life for you may yet be a
+happy one. Let me go. Let me die alone.”
+
+But Cheng-Si clung desperately to her lover. She wanted to follow him
+into the Valley of the Shadows; in fact, she would have preferred to
+have preceded him into the Darkness.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here endeth the sixth stage of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ VII
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+VII
+
+
+San-Syeng had been waiting impatiently for several months for an
+opportunity to penetrate the defenses of the island of Cho-To where the
+young King was exiled. He was beginning to feel discouraged when he had
+another dream. San-Houni appeared before him saying, “You should take a
+boat and go to the southern cape of the island. There you will find the
+King and his Queen. But make haste, if you are too late you will find
+that the Prince has gone to abide with his ancestors.”
+
+On the strength of his dream, San-Syeng immediately began preparations
+for his journey to the spot that had been indicated to him. While yet
+some distance from the island, he could distinguish on the beach a man
+and woman, both apparently very young, talking and gesticulating with
+great earnestness. Soon he imagined he could catch a few words which
+were carried to him on the light breeze, causing the impression that
+a disagreement had arisen between the two young people. When he came
+within hailing distance he called politely: “Why are you quarreling in
+this way when Spring-time is smiling upon you so sweetly?”
+
+Ki-Si replied: “We would like to cross the sea but having no boat and
+deprived of all resources, we are contemplating suicide. But I do not
+want my gentle companion to follow me to the grave, while she, on
+the other hand, is bent upon dying with me. That is the cause of our
+dispute.”
+
+“Give up your melancholy ideas,” remonstrated San-Syeng. “You are
+not going to die. I will place my boat at your disposal and take you
+wherever you want to go.”
+
+“Many thanks, you have saved our lives,” cried Ki-Si, joyfully.
+
+The young King and Queen immediately clambered aboard the boat and
+San-Syeng made a rapid trip over the arm of the sea which separated the
+island of Cho-To from the city of Chang-Yang.
+
+When they were safely ashore, Ki-Si inquired of San-Syeng if he would
+kindly direct him to a place where he and his wife could pass the
+night. San-Syeng suggested that they put up at the same inn where he
+was staying--an invitation which they heartily accepted.
+
+So far San-Syeng’s dream had been realized. Nothing was left for him
+to do but to make sure that the young people were really those of whom
+San-Houni had told him. But this was no easy thing. He did not dare
+question them too closely. There was too much at stake to reveal the
+truth. San-Syeng resolved to wait until time and opportunity would
+dispel his doubt.
+
+Meantime, the house on the island where the young Prince had lived
+since he had left the Capital had become food for the fire and flame.
+The guard in charge of Ki-Si rushed to inform the General whom Ja-Jo-Mi
+had appointed to watch the island of Cho-To. The General, greatly
+agitated and worried, gave orders to double the guards about the garden
+wall. Anyone who sought to leave was to be arrested on the spot. Other
+soldiers were instructed to do their utmost in fighting the spread of
+the flames. They were too late. The house was now like unto a gigantic
+furnace.
+
+“Search everywhere for the King,” ordered the General. “If he isn’t
+dead he must be hidden somewhere in the garden. Look in all the corners
+and dark places.”
+
+This hunt was, as we well know, unsuccessful, and the General,
+concluding that the royal prisoner had perished in the flames, sent
+word to that effect posthaste to Ja-Jo-Mi.
+
+Upon receipt of this news, the Prime Minister was elated. The death
+of the rightful King swept aside the last obstruction in the path of
+his plans. He immediately summoned the General whom he had placed in
+command of the guards at Cho-To, and when the latter came Ja-Jo-Mi met
+him with these words:
+
+“How lucky we are! Such an event deserves to be celebrated in proper
+style. Let’s have a grand banquet to which we can invite all our
+friends.”
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi’s partisans were living in idleness and ease, wallowing in
+an era of merry-making and debauchery. Everywhere they went they
+continually sang the praises of Ja-Jo-Mi, “the coming King of Korea.”
+The people, however, were grumbling and commenting, but the fear of the
+tyrant kept them from expressing too openly their complaints.
+
+Ki-Si, whom Ja-Jo-Mi believed to be dead, was keeping under cover
+at the little town of Chang-Yang. One day when he was chatting with
+San-Syeng, the proprietor of the inn burst in upon them excitedly,
+saying: “There is great excitement in the streets. Quite a number of
+troops, who are on their way to the Capital, have just arrived in town.”
+
+“What’s exciting about that?” questioned San-Syeng.
+
+“These soldiers were ordered to guard our young exiled King at the
+island of Cho-To. It seems that the poor Prince lost his life in a
+big fire and the General, who had charge of this mission, is bringing
+back his men. The people, you know, fairly hate Ja-Jo-Mi, who holds
+the support of the army and who has placed a heavy yoke about the neck
+of all Korea. Hence, at the sight of these soldiers, excitement has
+spread all over the town.”
+
+“Do you hate Ja-Jo-Mi, too?” asked San-Syeng of the inn-keeper.
+
+“The same as every one else, sir.”
+
+“Well, it doesn’t seem an easy matter to me to overthrow this Ja-Jo-Mi.
+He has the army with him and they haven’t much love for the common
+people.”
+
+“That’s where you are wrong, sir. The only troops really devoted to the
+Prime Minister’s cause are those at the Capital; in fact, the others
+are hostile to him. Why, the garrison of our town and the Mandarin
+himself are opposed to Ja-Jo-Mi. If our Mandarin were to appeal to the
+soldiers who are here and if his example were followed by the other
+Mandarins, Ja-Jo-Mi and his satellites could easily be put down.”
+
+“But once Ja-Jo-Mi is deposed, whom can they place upon the throne?”
+
+“That, sir, is a difficult question. Unhappily, the King’s son is dead.
+Perhaps, however, a member of the Royal Family might be found who would
+accept the trust.”
+
+“And suppose, for the sake of argument, that it were not true that the
+King’s son were dead?”
+
+“The simplest thing would be to confer upon him the succession to his
+father.”
+
+“Your reasoning is good,” continued San-Syeng. “You stand well in the
+eyes of the people and you are a friend of the Mandarin. Would you
+consent for us to undertake the enterprise?”
+
+“Willingly,” replied the innkeeper. “We should get together on this. I
+must, however, leave you now for a while. I’ll see you presently.”
+
+When he was alone with Ki-Si, San-Syeng asked: “Would you like to join
+us in our fight against Ja-Jo-Mi?” At the question the Prince, who had
+seemed afflicted with great uneasiness and a sort of illness during
+the preceding conversation, fell to the floor in a faint. San-Syeng
+turned his attention at once to the prostrate form of his friend who
+lay as rigid as a log and seemed to be unable to utter the least
+sound. San-Syeng called Cheng-Si and she came running in terror to her
+husband. San-Houni’s son told her what had taken place. The young woman
+threw herself on her husband’s breast and drenched him with her tears.
+San-Syeng, profoundly moved by this sight, cried to Cheng-Si: “In
+Heaven’s name, madame, tell me who you are!”
+
+“I have great confidence in you, sir. You have saved our lives and I
+will tell you the truth. My husband is Ja-Jo-Mi’s victim, the King’s
+son. I met him by chance. I fell into the sea and was carried by a
+turtle to the island where the Prince was held captive. I became his
+wife and we fled from our prison together and you met us, rescued us,
+and brought us here. That’s our story. And, now you understand, sir,
+do you not?”
+
+Meanwhile the young King had regained consciousness. When San-Syeng
+observed this he began to withdraw toward the door saying: “Sire,
+forgive my imprudence--excuse my impatience--.”
+
+Ki-Si tried to stop him.
+
+“No, sire, first of all you must pardon the familiarity with which
+I treated you. My excuse is that I did not know with what august
+personages I was speaking. Now that I do know, it is hardly fitting
+that I remain in the same room as yourselves.”
+
+It happened that the owner of the inn was passing before the door of
+the room where Ki-Si and his wife were and San-Syeng promptly told him
+the story. The innkeeper prostrated himself and, with his face to the
+floor, cried: “It is a supreme honor to be permitted to house Your
+Majesties.”
+
+He lost no time in telling the Mandarin, who was thunderstruck with
+amazement and who could scarcely suppress his joy at hearing the news.
+Summoning an escort of troops, he marched to the inn where the King
+lodged. The soldiers surrounded the house, while the Mandarin, in
+all the glory of his gorgeous robes, went to pay his respects to the
+Sovereign.
+
+The Prince gave him a hearty welcome. By his side stood San-Syeng,
+who, after bowing to the King, turned to the Mandarin and said: “We
+must take our Sovereign to the To-Wan (the Mandarin’s palace, or town
+hall) so that he may be sheltered by a roof worthy of his rank.”
+
+The Mandarin approved this suggestion, and at once the party set out
+for the To-Wan.
+
+Hardly was he there before the King turned to San-Syeng, saying: “I
+wish to bring about a complete re-organization of the Government.”
+
+“Sire, all my ability, all my strength, are at your disposal,” was
+San-Syeng’s respectful reply.
+
+“Good, then you become my General!” replied the Prince.
+
+San-Syeng was confused, but had to obey the wishes of the Prince and he
+knew the latter would confer offices only upon those whom he deemed the
+most worthy among his followers. Orders were issued for the preparation
+of a great banquet and for the dispatch of couriers to all corners of
+the Kingdom to announce to the people the coming of their King.
+
+This welcome news put joy and happiness into the hearts of the Koreans,
+and shouts of joy were heard throughout the length and breadth of the
+land.
+
+“O Beloved King! Night has vanished to give place to the day. The times
+of wretchedness and evil are gone and the era of happiness is at hand.
+Clouds were hiding the face of the Sun, and the flowers, deprived of
+light, were wasting away; but the wind has swept away the clouds and
+the light comes to us again. Everything will flourish in the gentle,
+healthful rays of the wonderful Sun. Hail, son, hail brother--hail to
+our King! Forward! Hold back--not for fire, nor for the waters, nor for
+the mountains. Sweep aside all obstacles. If the wicked-hearted seek
+to restrain you, kill them. But look ever to the Sun; its warmth will
+give you strength and courage. We want you--beloved King! And we will
+serve you and keep you always. Now--away with tender things and soft
+things--we’re off to war!”
+
+While the populace was manifesting its delight in talk and other
+harmless ways, the King was busy with his preparations for the
+overthrowing of the usurper. He questioned San-Syeng as to the distance
+to the Capital. This distance was considerable and, at the advice of
+his General, he decided that he would put his forces on the march as
+soon as possible.
+
+San-Syeng took an active interest in the training of the army. To
+toughen his men, he made them attach small, but heavy, bags of sand
+to their legs. For an entire day they were obliged to march with this
+equipment.
+
+The following day, the army broke camp and took the field. The soldiers
+now having only their weapons to carry, made rapid progress. At
+the end of two days they were before the Capital City. San-Syeng
+stationed his troops in a cordon about the city with orders to let
+no one--no matter who it might be--leave or enter the town. Then he
+wrote an ultimatum, which he ordered to be copied many times on strips
+of bamboo, and distributed widely in all parts of the city. This
+proclamation announced the arrival of the legitimate King at the head
+of his army and that His Majesty came to give battle to the unfaithful
+Minister, Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous. The latter was living in an
+atmosphere of absolute security. Entertainment followed entertainment;
+feast followed feast. Suddenly it was announced to Ja-Jo-Mi that the
+King’s son was at the gates of the Capital with an army and that there
+was a great disturbance among the people.
+
+Ja-Jo-Mi, astounded by the news, summoned his General, at whom he cast
+the most violent reproaches and profane oaths (some of these we dare
+not print as the transcriber of this legend is a pious man). “How is
+it that you told me that the King’s son was dead and now they say that
+the city is in a state of siege? Who is it that is at the head of the
+troops who are attacking us?”
+
+“It cannot possibly be the King’s son,” replied the General, humbly. “I
+am positive that he died in that fire--his body is ashes. Doubtless
+it is some daring adventurer who has brought this horde of rogues and
+robbers upon us.”
+
+There was no time for further discussion. The populace, having read
+the bamboo messages, arose in revolt. They were already advancing
+toward the Prime Minister’s palace. They burst down the doors and swept
+through the palace like the demon waves of the Yellow Sea. Ja-Jo-Mi and
+his General were seized--the palace set on fire. Simultaneously the
+King made a peaceful entry into the city at the head of his troops and
+the people turned over to him the usurping Minister and his General.
+
+Ki-Si called his Commander-in-Chief, San-Syeng.
+
+“No one shall be put to death. It will be sufficient, for the time
+being, to throw the guilty wretches into prison.” Subsequently, he
+issued orders to the effect that only Ja-Jo-Mi, his General, and their
+principal adherents, be held as prisoners.
+
+The new King had barely taken possession of the palace of his fathers
+than he ordered a reduction in the taxes which were oppressing his
+people. These measures were approved by his Queen who desired that they
+be even carried further.
+
+“Who knows,” she said, “if the Mandarins will carry out the orders;
+perhaps they will continue to persecute the people to their profit?
+You must be assured that everything is going as you wish and dispatch
+deputies who are charged with seeing that your decrees are observed.”
+
+The King recognized the wisdom of this idea and ordered San-Syeng to
+send out in all directions honest and devoted men on this errand. This
+done, the new General left the Capital, wearing the modest clothes he
+had worn when the King had placed the command of the troops in his
+hands.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here cometh to a close the seventh stage of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ VIII
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+VIII
+
+
+San-Syeng had been a very powerful factor in establishing the
+legitimate sovereign of Korea on the throne but he did not by any
+means consider his life work as finished. His primary duty was to find
+his parents and to return to the lovely girl to whom he had given his
+heart. Despite the many adventures through which he had passed, he had
+never ceased thinking of Yeng-So-Yei. He did not suspect that serious
+events were also taking place in her own little sphere.
+
+Now it came to pass one morning after San-Syeng’s departure that
+Yeng-So-Yei found her mother dead in her room. The poor young woman was
+prostrated with grief. She refused to be consoled and the solitude in
+which she lived merely aggravated her anguish. And yet a new calamity
+lay right in her path. The populace, rising in revolt against the
+nobility and tax collectors, were burning and pillaging throughout the
+village and Yeng-So-Yei just had time enough to dash through a secret
+gate in the city wall and make her escape into the open country.
+
+In a short space of time she had lost her mother, her fortune and
+her home. She did not, however, feel entirely cast down. “At least
+San-Syeng is left to me,” was her thought.
+
+“I shall go to the Capital and hunt for him.” In order to carry out her
+project more easily, she assumed masculine attire and, thus disguised,
+set out on her journey.
+
+Now it came to pass that having no notion of the road she should
+follow, she completely lost her way. Moreover, an intense fog settled
+down upon the fields and earth to make her situation more unpleasant.
+She walked and walked, but to her great despair she met no one, nor
+could she find the slightest shelter wherein she might escape the
+dampness. Tired, almost unto death, she threw herself down beside a
+clump of tall bamboo, intending to rest but a few moments, but in spite
+of her well-meaning resolutions, she was soon fast asleep.
+
+The grove of bamboo toward which Fate had turned the steps of
+Yeng-So-Yei was the very one where so many long years before Yeng-Si
+had given birth to San-Syeng. The unfortunate woman who was obliged to
+abandon her child and to become a nun would often visit the spot which
+brought back such painful memories; indeed, she seemed to take a keen
+pleasure in seeing the spot where she had become a mother. And the
+sight thereof would cause her to weep.
+
+It so happened that one day the nun, returning from her sad
+pilgrimage, saw a young man, sound asleep, stretched across the
+narrow footpath. At first she was a bit startled and frightened but,
+conquering her distrust, she gazed curiously at the sleeper. “My son
+would have been about the same age,” she reflected. “I will wait until
+this young man awakes and speak with him.” She stood by his prostrate
+form and it seemed as if she were unable to take her eyes from his
+face. Finally, unable to be patient any longer, and after satisfying
+herself that no one was watching her, she decided to wake the strange
+traveler.
+
+“Pardon my curiosity, sir--but this situation is a strange one.”
+
+“What situation?” demanded Yeng-So-Yei.
+
+“How comes it that you are sleeping here on this road?”
+
+“It comes--because I was very tired.”
+
+“Where do you live?”
+
+“At Yen-Yu, but I am on my way to the Capital.”
+
+“To the Capital? But you are not on the right road.”
+
+“Am I lost? Oh, what shall I do?”
+
+Tears came into the poor girl’s eyes. Yeng-Si was moved also.
+
+“How,” she asked again, “does it happen that you are traveling alone in
+this way? It is hardly safe for you.”
+
+“I know that, but I am forced to do so for I am an orphan.”
+
+“Would you like to come with me?”
+
+“Yes, but I can accept your hospitality for a short time only. I must
+be on my way.”
+
+At these words, they walked together toward the temple of Ro-Ja.
+
+Ou-Pung, the sister, consented to take the young traveler in, but made
+it very plain that it was impossible for her to keep a man about the
+house for more than two or three days.
+
+Yeng-So-Yei asked no more than that. After she was installed in her
+room, she went to seek Yeng-Si. The latter related the tale of her sad
+life and this pitiful story so touched the young woman that she wept
+with her new friend in sympathy.
+
+The next morning Yeng-Si stopped at the traveler’s room. Picking up
+a ring which she saw lying on the table, she examined it closely and
+demanded, sharply:
+
+“Perhaps, I may be a bit inquisitive, but I would be very much obliged
+to you if you would tell me where you obtained this ring?”
+
+“It is a keepsake from my best friend.”
+
+“Where is your best friend?”
+
+“He has gone to the Capital. I want to join him as soon as I can.”
+
+“How old is he?”
+
+“We are almost the same age--both of us. But why do you ask these
+questions?”
+
+Yeng-Si did not reply, at once. Her eyes filled with tears, and
+suddenly she broke out, sobbing:
+
+“My son! My poor son! Where are you?”
+
+These words made a vivid impression on Yeng-So-Yei. “Can it be that
+this poor woman is my husband’s mother?” she thought to herself.
+
+She tenderly took her tearful companion in her arms and asked gently,
+
+“Was your son called San-Syeng?”
+
+At the sound of this name, Yeng-Si, more agitated than before, cried:
+
+“Yes, that was the name I gave him and I personally inscribed the name
+of San-Syeng on my baby’s arm in characters that could not be removed.
+This ring, which I hold in my hand, I placed in his clothes when I was
+obliged to abandon him.”
+
+“Mother, my dear mother,” cried Yeng-So-Yei, throwing herself in
+Yeng-Si’s arms. “Your son is my husband and I am on my way to find him.”
+
+“Do my ears hear aright?” cried Yeng-Si. “But, what in the world does
+this costume mean?”
+
+“I put it on so as to be able to travel with more security.”
+
+The two women embraced each other tenderly, mingling their warm tears.
+Ou-Pung, the sister, who was passing outside, hearing the sound of
+sobs, entered the room.
+
+“What are you crying about?” she asked.
+
+“Good friend, we have been showing hospitality not to a young man, but
+to the wife of my own lost son,” replied Yeng-Si.
+
+“How happy I am for your sakes!”
+
+Yeng-So-Yei then explained to the nun why she had assumed the garb of a
+man.
+
+“You were right,” rejoined the sister, “but what motive impelled you to
+leave the town where you were living?”
+
+The young wife briefly told the story of her misfortune. She was now
+more anxious than ever to find her husband and she wasted few words in
+her recital.
+
+“I shall find him easily,” she added, “no matter how changed he may be.
+He has probably kept the horse which I gave him when he left me and if
+I cannot recognize the husband, I will know my father’s horse.”
+
+“Well,” said the nun to Yeng-Si, “the end of all your sorrows is at
+hand. Follow your daughter and together you will find San-Syeng.”
+
+“Yes, it will not be our fault if we do not find him.”
+
+Accustomed to having lived together for so long, Yeng-Si and the
+sister experienced keen regret at parting from each other. But Ou-Pung
+was the first to suggest that Yeng-Si leave with her daughter-in-law
+for she was happy at the good fortune which had come to her deserving
+companion.
+
+So it came to pass that Yeng-Si and Yeng-So-Yei set out together for
+the Capital. When they came close to the grove of bamboo, San-Syeng’s
+mother could not suppress her tears.
+
+“Why are you crying so, mother?”
+
+“It was here, my child, that seventeen years ago I gave birth to him
+who is now your husband. A short distance from here I abandoned him to
+go with Ou-Pung, the nun. These recollections pain me greatly.”
+
+The two women continued on their way. After several hours’ walking,
+they came to the shores of a wide lake. Yeng-Si paused by the water’s
+edge, and raising her eyes to Heaven, cried in a weak and trembling
+voice:
+
+“Dear and unfortunate friend, what has become of you?”
+
+She told Yeng-So-Yei of the sublime devotion of the woman, who had
+enabled her to escape from the hands of Su-Rung.
+
+During the few following days their trip was without incident until
+they came to the town of San-Jon. Here they resolved to remain for a
+day as they were fatigued by their journey and they entered the first
+inn which they stumbled upon.
+
+The inn-keeper’s son was at once smitten by Yeng-So-Yei who was, as we
+know, a marvel of grace and beauty. Finding his attentions repulsed,
+he resolved to obtain revenge--the mark of a small mind. One of the
+maid-servants was ordered to place in the young wife’s apartment some
+jewels which belonged to the young man. The thing was done without
+difficulty--and the servant swore under threats of punishment that she
+would tell the plot to no one.
+
+Next morning the rejected suitor entered Yeng-So-Yei’s room, saying:
+
+“Madame, you will pardon me? Some one has stolen my jewels. I have
+searched in all the other rooms of the house and I ask your permission
+to do the same in yours.”
+
+“Willingly, sir.”
+
+It can be readily imagined that the two women were greatly astonished
+to see the young man discover in their rooms, as if by magic, the
+jewels which he claimed had been stolen from him. They asserted that
+they were innocent, but it was useless. They were arrested in the name
+of the Mandarin and were taken before him for a preliminary examination.
+
+They renewed vigorously their denials, the Mandarin meanwhile listening
+attentively. He had been impressed by the singular beauty of
+Yeng-So-Yei, but gave no visible evidence of it, and committed the two
+women to prison. A few moments after, he had word brought to them that
+if Yeng-So-Yei would consent to marry him, no mention would ever be
+made of the theft. In case of refusal--it was to be--death.
+
+The young wife spurned the Mandarin’s messenger with great indignation.
+
+“Tell your master that he is a villain. I am married and I will never
+be unfaithful to my husband, not even to escape torture and death.”
+
+The Mandarin, very much irritated, gave orders that the execution
+of the prisoners should take place in three days. The keeper of
+the prison, who was also the executioner, went about his sinister
+preparations. Keenly touched by the plight of the two women, he visited
+them and said:
+
+“I shall be very glad to render you any service that you ask. I am
+obliged to obey the commands of the Mandarin, but I do not hesitate to
+say that he is one of the vilest of men.”
+
+The jailer’s voice trembled as he spoke. Yeng-Si and her
+daughter-in-law, torn with anguish, were wailing and sobbing. Was it
+thus that they were to leave the world--one without having seen her
+son--the other without embracing her husband?
+
+“Oh, my San-Syeng! Oh, my San-Syeng!” they cried. Their grief was
+so poignant that it overmastered their strength and they lost
+consciousness.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Here the eighth stage of our legend cometh to a close._
+
+
+
+
+ IX
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+IX
+
+
+On leaving the Capital, San-Syeng had a three-fold mission in view: to
+make certain of the faithful execution of the King’s commands, to find
+his parents, and to rejoin his wife. The young man did not make light
+of the difficulties that lay before him, but he resolved to bend all
+his efforts toward accomplishing his heart’s desires. He was optimistic
+and cherished the brightest hopes of having his wishes crowned with
+success.
+
+His adorable Yeng-So-Yei obviously had the first claim to his
+attention, and he set out with haste to see her. When but a short
+distance from the town of Yen-Yu where his wife dwelt, the new General
+learned that the place had been given over to revolt and pillage.
+San-Syeng immediately mobilized the royal troops from the neighboring
+towns and order was restored in a few days. The Mandarin, whose
+exactions had been the primary cause of the revolt, was arrested and
+sent to the Capital together with the ring-leaders in the disturbance.
+
+This task accomplished, San-Syeng made pleasant preparations to
+surprise Yeng-So-Yei by his home-coming. Alas the house where he
+expected to find his beautiful little wife had been burned to the
+ground, as if blasted by a dragon’s fiery breath. He could not master
+his sorrow and burst into sobs. His orderly, who accompanied him,
+endeavored to console him, but in vain, and was at last obliged to lead
+his master away from the heap of charred embers and ashes. He learned
+that Yeng-So-Yei’s mother was dead and that the orphan, when the fire
+broke out, had fled and no one could tell whither she had gone.
+
+San-Syeng naturally determined to travel in search of his wife, but
+his body was tired and weary and he resolved to indulge in the luxury
+of a short nap before leaving the town. During his slumbers, San-Houni
+appeared before him for the third time, saying:
+
+“My poor child! You are looking for your parents and you are unable to
+find them. It is now time to tell you that I am your father. In the
+olden days I enjoyed a great deal of influence at the Court, but my
+enemy, Ja-Jo-Mi, had me sent into exile, with my best friend, Sun-Yen.
+I was murdered by Su-Rung whom I hired to take me to Ko-Kum-To. As
+for your mother and your wife, you will find them at San-Jon. A cruel
+Mandarin has condemned them to death. Hurry to their rescue; the
+slightest delay may be fatal.”
+
+San-Syeng awoke with a start, shook himself and started on his
+journey. Presently he reached the town referred to in his dream. He was
+not long in learning that his mother and his wife, unjustly accused of
+theft, were in a prison cell and were to be put to death the very next
+morning.
+
+The young man ran to the prison where, of course, he found it
+impossible to enter, so he had recourse to a wise little trick. He
+entered a merchant’s shop near by, threw his robe over a random object
+and dashed out of the doorway. He was soon caught, arrested, and thrown
+into prison.
+
+Before employing this ruse, San-Syeng had ordered his servant to come
+early the next day with his master’s horse and take his place before
+the prison gates.
+
+The room into which the young man was thrust after his arrest was
+very dark and small. Several persons were already occupying it but it
+was too dark to distinguish any of them clearly. He joined one of the
+inmates in a loud protest for some light--the inevitable result of
+which would be to bring the jailer, who indeed did come running to see
+what their outcries portended. He stepped between the two men to quiet
+them.
+
+“I shall report you to the Mandarin,” he declared, turning to
+San-Houni’s son. “What’s your name, anyway?”
+
+“San-Syeng.”
+
+Yeng-So-Yei and Yeng-Si were naturally very much surprised at hearing
+this name. They whispered to each other:
+
+“That’s my son’s name, sure enough,” said Yeng-Si, “but it cannot
+possibly be he for he is no thief.”
+
+The night passed without San-Syeng being recognized by the two women.
+At daybreak, they were startled by the loud neighing of a horse and
+Yeng-So-Yei, who had gone to the narrow opening which served as a
+window to their cell, cried:
+
+“Mother, come here. That horse which has been neighing is the very one
+which I gave my husband, or at least it resembles it very much.”
+
+Yeng-Si, by way of reply, moaned:
+
+“Oh, where can my poor son be?”
+
+Thereupon, San-Syeng approached his mother and inquired the cause
+of her grief. Yeng-Si told him of the many sad experiences she had
+undergone since her departure into exile with San-Houni up to her
+arrest and condemnation to death by the Mandarin of San-Jon.
+
+When she had finished, the young man in turn told his story. His
+concluding words were--“I have on my arm the name of San-Syeng, but I
+do not know how it is that I bear these characters which I have tried
+in vain to remove.”
+
+Yeng-So-Yei who had been listening to the conversation could restrain
+herself no longer and cried:
+
+“Tell me, what was your wife’s name and where did she live?”
+
+“Yeng-So-Yei was my wife’s name; she lived in the village of Yen-Yu,
+but I found her home burned to the ground.”
+
+“Oh, my dear San-Syeng,” cried the young woman. “Have I found you at
+last,” and turning to Yeng-Si, “Mother mine, here is your son!”
+
+Their greetings naturally consumed some time--their hearts were glad
+and they were not ashamed to display their emotion. And yet the two
+women felt bitter and sad to think that soon they were about to die
+after having touched the threshold of that happiness which their
+reunion promised. San-Syeng ultimately succeeded in calming them. He
+enjoyed, he said, certain extraordinary powers of which he intended to
+make instant use.
+
+Presently the young General’s orderly visited his master’s prison where
+he received orders to announce to the village the arrival of San-Syeng,
+a special envoy of the King, and to arrest the Mandarin at once.
+
+’Twas but a brief while and the orderly came to report to his master
+that his commands had been carried out. Meantime, the town officials
+had rushed to the prison where they surrounded San-Syeng and paid him
+their homage. At their urging, San-Houni’s son left the prison and
+betook himself to the town-hall.
+
+Yeng-So-Yei, catching sight of the horse she had given her husband, ran
+to the stately looking steed and imprinted a kiss on the end of its
+nose. The animal seemed to understand her message, for its eyes as they
+turned toward the young wife, seemed moist with tears.
+
+“No tears now, my good fellow,” laughed Yeng-So-Yei. “You are happier
+than I for you can continually accompany him whom I love, while I am to
+be separated from him.”
+
+San-Syeng, a witness of his wife’s gentle act, tenderly drew her to his
+heart, and kissing her hair said:
+
+“Henceforth we shall never part from each other.”
+
+San-Syeng, his cup overflowing with happiness at having found his
+mother and his wife at one and the same time, desired to be told about
+his father, and, at his urgent request, Yeng-Si, with tears in her eyes
+and a faltering voice, related to him the misfortunes of San-Houni.
+
+“Don’t worry, mother dear,” pleaded San-Syeng. “After so much
+suffering, you are going to have happiness in abundance. I shall do
+everything I can to make life pleasant for you. Suppose that first we
+go visit Ou-Pung, the sister, who was so kind to you.”
+
+This suggestion was very pleasing to Yeng-Si and they started on their
+journey to the temple of Ro-Ja. When they were passing by the lake
+which recalled so many bitter memories, Yeng-Si bade her son to pause.
+The little party halted while she told the melancholy tale of the
+devotion of the old lady who had sacrificed herself without hope of
+recompense or reward.
+
+“Mother,” declared San-Syeng, “I am going to place a memorial in this
+spot to perpetuate the sublime sacrifice of your poor companion.” The
+General’s orderly was at once commissioned to employ workmen who were
+to begin immediately to erect a suitable tribute to the old lady’s
+memory.
+
+Before reaching the shrine of Ro-Ja, Yeng-Si related to her son,
+while they were passing by the grove of bamboo, which figures so
+conspicuously in our story, under what pitiful circumstances he had
+been born.
+
+Ou-Pung, the sister, did not count upon seeing Yeng-Si and her
+daughter-in-law so soon again. “This is my son,” proudly declared the
+nun’s former companion.
+
+San-Syeng showered warm and profuse thanks upon the sister for all the
+attentions and kindnesses she had shown to Yeng-Si.
+
+“Do not thank me, sir,” replied the sister. “I have only done my duty
+in sheltering an unfortunate woman. Buddha has taken pity upon her and
+has rewarded her piety and her long suffering by permitting her to find
+you.”
+
+Under the supervision of the orderly, a magnificent pagoda was rapidly
+built by the water’s edge. Upon it could be read this inscription:
+
+ WITH EVERLASTING GRATITUDE TO
+ THE BENEFACTOR OF MY MOTHER.
+
+Ou-Pung consented to go with her visitors to see the temple that
+had just been completed. San-Syeng had directed that an altar for
+sacrifices be placed before the pagoda and that Su-Rung be arrested and
+brought to him. All of the thief’s property was to be seized.
+
+This very moment, strange to say, Su-Rung was telling his brother,
+Su-Yeng, of a peculiar dream he had had the preceding night. He had
+seen himself surrounded by tongues of flame and his head, severed from
+his body, was boiling in a large copper kettle.
+
+“It signifies that your end is near and that you will die through the
+will of man,” asserted Su-Yeng. “Why must you continue to lead this
+sinful life? It would be more fitting that you experience remorse and
+fear for an envoy of the King is in the neighborhood.”
+
+Scarcely had Su-Yeng uttered these words, when there came a loud
+rapping at the door. After a brief struggle, Su-Rung was reduced to
+helplessness and securely bound. All the stolen objects that could be
+found were collected, thrown in a heap, and the party turned their
+steps toward the pagoda.
+
+When the criminal was brought face to face with the young General, the
+latter demanded:
+
+“My name is San-Syeng. You know me, don’t you?”
+
+Su-Rung, much surprised, could not imagine that his adopted son had
+been elevated to the dignity of a King’s envoy, so he replied, coolly:
+
+“Your name is not unfamiliar to me. My son was called San-Syeng.”
+
+“You have a son, then?”
+
+“Yes, he left me three years ago, to go to the Capital and since that
+day I have had no news of him.”
+
+“Well, you may know that I am the man of whom you boast being the
+father. But I am not the son of a murderer. I have found my mother
+who has told me about my birth and your infamous crimes. There, do
+you recognize my mother?” added San-Syeng, indicating Yeng-Si to the
+brigand with a gesture of his hand.
+
+Yeng-Si, who had been watching Su-Rung attentively for some time, burst
+out with:
+
+“You vile wretch, so you’re still alive! Thank Heaven it is granted me
+to satisfy my thirst for vengeance. My son, there stands your father’s
+murderer. Kill him, strike him down, with your own hand! I could tear
+the very eyes from his head!”
+
+San-Syeng’s mother was beside herself and he sought to calm her,
+representing that he had no authority to put any man to death without
+an order from the King. Yeng-Si did not insist; her mind was crowded
+with other more charitable thoughts when, in company with her friends,
+she knelt in the beautiful pagoda to pray for the soul of the martyred
+woman to whom she owed her life.
+
+Su-Rung was immediately dispatched to the Capital under heavy guard.
+When the troops and their prisoner were about to depart, San-Syeng,
+turning to Su-Yeng, said:
+
+“You have always been an honest, loyal man. Take these things which
+your brother has unlawfully appropriated. They are yours.”
+
+“Thank you so much, sir. But I no longer am in need of anything, for I
+am going to die with my brother.”
+
+“What is that? I do not comprehend your decision.”
+
+“When a tree is brought to the ground by the woodsman, can the branches
+continue to live?”
+
+“But if your brother was a criminal, you have nothing to reproach
+yourself with.”
+
+“That may be true, but nevertheless I am determined to leave this
+life with the brother I have always loved and with whom I have always
+lived.” And San-Syeng found it useless to endeavor to dissuade Su-Yeng
+from his fatal purpose.
+
+Before returning to the Capital, San-Houni’s son visited several more
+of the provinces, looking after the King’s business. When his mission
+was concluded, he sought audience with the King for the purpose of
+reporting what he had seen, heard, and done. The Queen was a patient
+and attentive listener while the young General was telling the story
+of his adventures. However, when San-Syeng had finished speaking,
+Cheng-Si, with a sob in her voice, cried:
+
+“Oh, you are so much happier than I!”
+
+Her strength failed her and she slipped from her seat to the floor.
+Those in the Royal Chamber crowded about the prostrate Queen--at
+a respectful distance, however--who was not long in regaining her
+consciousness. Thereupon San-Syeng asked her tenderly, as he bowed
+before her, what had been the cause of her sudden swoon.
+
+“Alas!” mourned Cheng-Si. “It has been three years since I have seen my
+father, and in all that time I have had no word of him. That is why I
+am so sad and down-hearted.”
+
+The King and his General assured her that they would use all possible
+means within their power to find the Queen’s father. The Queen’s pretty
+and shapely head was bowed in deep meditation, when suddenly she cried:
+
+“Well, let’s collect all the blind men in the Kingdom; invite them to a
+big feast. I’m going to give every one of them a little token.”
+
+“Majesty,” replied San-Syeng, “it shall happen as you have wished.”
+
+No time was lost; orders were issued to every Mandarin to send every
+blind man in his jurisdiction to the Capital. And thus it came to pass
+that Cheng-Si collected all the blind men of Korea in order to give
+them a token.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_But more anon, for here endeth the ninth step of our legend._
+
+
+
+
+ X
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+X
+
+
+Many months had come and gone since the day when the unfortunate and
+broken-hearted Sun-Yen had seen his daughter pass away to certain
+death. He led a wretched existence--his strength being sustained only
+by the promise of the disciple that his sight would be restored to him
+at the end of three years. But the allotted time had passed and the
+poor victim of Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous, had not recovered his sight.
+His dejection was pitiful to behold, and he awaited with impatience the
+death that would free him from his constant misery.
+
+Now, one day Sun-Yen was disturbed in the midst of his morbid
+meditations by the arrival at his poor dwelling of the Mandarin of the
+province.
+
+“The King,” declared this dignitary, “desires to assemble all the blind
+men of the Kingdom at a banquet. You must go to the Capital.”
+
+“My strength will never permit me to make such a long journey,” replied
+Sun-Yen. “As it is, I can scarcely take a few steps from my own door.”
+
+“You need not be troubled about that. I will provide you with a horse
+and guide.”
+
+“I thank you from the bottom of my heart, but is it really necessary to
+spend so much on my account?”
+
+“It is the King’s order. Everything is prepared and you can start this
+very moment.”
+
+Sun-Yen was easily persuaded. A few days and he was in the Capital.
+
+At the orders of San-Syeng, an elaborate and tasty feast had been
+prepared. The ladies of the Court had been instructed to see that
+nothing was lacking for the comfort of the blind men who had come
+from all corners of Korea. They watched over them and came to their
+assistance when--on account of their blindness--they were awkward and
+clumsy. The banquet was nearing an end when Sun-Yen arrived--tired and
+travel-stained. The servants led him to one of the ladies who could
+not conceal a grimace of disgust when she saw him. In fact, the old
+gentleman did present a very disagreeable appearance to the eye. The
+lady made a disparaging remark which Sun-Yen overheard and to which he
+replied:
+
+“I am well aware of what you are saying, but kindly listen to what I
+have to say. The actions and outer garb of men may differ much, but
+good hearts and good manners should be in the bosoms of us all. The
+wicked and crafty often conceal a cowardly and vile disposition beneath
+a beautiful exterior. People of wisdom pay no attention to form, but
+probe to the bottom where kindness and gentleness often abide. When
+you see an apple that looks attractive but contains a worm, you may
+contemplate its beauty but you keep your mouth away. Heaven alone is of
+lasting beauty and nothing beside it matters. I have been deceived by a
+so-called religious man who had no other intention but a selfish desire
+to supplant his Master.
+
+“I planted a beautiful fruit tree and it bore a single flower of
+exquisite beauty and charm. A gust of wind swept this flower toward
+the sea where it was peacefully rocked in the cradle of the waves. The
+flower often thought of the poor tree from which it had been stolen and
+the latter, shorn of its only child, was slowly dying of a broken heart.
+
+“The crescent of the moon seems to emerge from the waters. The fishes
+are frightened, believing they see a golden hook on a gigantic line
+which will lift them from their homes in the sea.
+
+“Every month the moon is hidden from our sight for a brief season.
+Then soon its light reappears in all its wondrous glory. But I, on the
+contrary, have never seen the light of day since I was stricken by
+blindness.
+
+“For three years my eyes have shed tears more abundant than the rain
+which comes from the Heavens. My sighs are sadder than the night wind
+that whistles through the forest tops.”
+
+Concluding, the blind man said, with a sigh: “If my lack of a comely
+appearance and a rich garb displeases you, put me in a corner by
+myself, please.”
+
+The lady was surprised to hear such profound and poetic speech from the
+mouth of this old man. She begged his pardon for having treated him
+with so little respect. At the request of Sun-Yen he was placed at a
+table by himself.
+
+While he was eating, the lady went to the Queen and repeated to her the
+strange speech of the blind visitor.
+
+Cheng-Si was very much struck by the recital. She told her impressions
+to her husband and then expressed a desire to have all the blind men in
+the Palace pass before her--one by one.
+
+“I wish to make a present to each one,” she said.
+
+Immediately, the long file began to form, Sun-Yen being the last of the
+line. When he stood before the Queen, the lady said:
+
+“Majesty, here is the blind man whose startling words I brought you.”
+
+Cheng-Si summoned the old man closer and said to him:
+
+“Why do you express such radical views against our government, our
+religion and the world?”
+
+“Because, my Queen, the world and religion and the government have
+caused me evils without number. I was powerful and I was exiled. I
+had the best of wives and I lost her. I became blind and my only
+consolation, a little daughter, was taken away. She furnished a
+beautiful example of filial love, sacrificing her life on the promise
+that I would regain my sight. The poor girl is dead and I am still
+deprived of the light of day.”
+
+These words moved Cheng-Si profoundly for in this sordid old man she
+recognized her father. She uttered a cry.
+
+“Don’t you know Cheng-Si?”
+
+“My daughter,” stammered Sun-Yen, and instantly his eyes opened and he
+saw before him the daughter that he had thought forever lost.
+
+The prediction of the disciple was at last fulfilled and under these
+happy circumstances, shaken by emotion and joy, father and daughter
+fell into each other’s arms.
+
+The King, a witness of this scene--to him incomprehensible--did not
+delay long in finding out the cause, and he cried:
+
+“Stop the banquet. This requires no witnesses.”
+
+When alone with her father and her husband, Cheng-Si told the King the
+story of her family.
+
+Sun-Yen was completely transformed with delight as he heard his
+daughter speaking. When she had finished her story he asked, “How did
+you escape death? How did you come to marry the King?”
+
+So Cheng-Si told her father of her adventures from the time of her
+embarkation on the merchant’s vessel up to her arrival at the Capital
+with the King.
+
+“Then,” cried Sun-Yen, “it was San-Syeng who saved you?”
+
+“Yes, father.”
+
+“What’s he doing? Where is he?”
+
+“The King has appointed him General. I shall have him brought to you.”
+
+When San-Syeng arrived, Sun-Yen asked him:
+
+“What was your father’s name?”
+
+“San-Houni.”
+
+On hearing this name, Sun-Yen embraced the young man, crying, “Oh, son
+of my dearest friend, tell me quickly where your father is.”
+
+“Alas, he is no longer in the world. He was exiled when you were, but
+he was murdered by Su-Rung, the thief, before reaching Ko-Kum-To. He
+sleeps with his ancestors.”
+
+“What, he is dead?” cried the old man, bursting into tears.
+
+San-Syeng’s eyes also moistened at the mention of the father whom he
+had never known.
+
+The King offered them a few words of condolence and said: “You shall
+be my Prime Minister,” indicating Sun-Yen. The old man accepted this
+responsible charge with a bow and a few well chosen words of gratitude.
+
+“Now, proceed with the banquet,” said the Queen.
+
+The other blind men had been informed of what had taken place and a few
+among them envied the good fortune of Sun-Yen.
+
+“Alas,” they cried, “We cannot even see the recipient of this good
+fortune.”
+
+Sun-Yen the benevolent, spoke to them in a gentle tone and in the name
+of the King invited them to stay several days at the Capital, and the
+blind men, you may believe, accepted with joy, for they knew they would
+be well taken care of.
+
+The new Prime Minister was not long in assuming his office. The King
+constantly summoned him to his councils. Now it came to pass one day
+that he sent for him and said, “I am intending to lead an army against
+Jin-Han. My father suffered a severe defeat while attacking that
+country and it is my duty to avenge him. What do you think of it?”
+
+“Sire,” replied Sun-Yen, “May I have permission to reflect upon this
+matter for a few days before giving you my opinion?”
+
+The same day, San-Syeng questioned the King’s father-in-law upon the
+subject of Ja-Jo-Mi and Su-Rung. The young General was thirsting for
+revenge. He expected to find Sun-Yen in a similar frame of mind but the
+Prime Minister spoke to him as he had done to the King.
+
+“You will know my decision in a few days. I must consider this.”
+
+When he was alone Sun-Yen considered the problem from every angle.
+
+Although misfortunes a-plenty had been his share, he did not hold any
+resentment against humanity. He felt a great tolerance for his most
+bitter enemies. “Of what good is revenge,” he thought. “What will it
+profit us to declare war which sooner or later will bring reprisals?”
+Inspired by such sentiments, the Prime Minister went to the Sovereign.
+“Sire,” he said, “do you not believe that it would be advisable to know
+what your subjects think of this war before undertaking the campaign?”
+
+“Assuredly,” replied the King. “I would gladly be informed upon that
+question, but how can we learn the opinion of all the Koreans?”
+
+“That will be very easy, sire. Have a grand meeting of your people here
+at the Capital. Their sentiment will be the sentiment of the country at
+large. I shall have a few words to say, and then if you persist in your
+intentions, we shall begin the war.”
+
+The King approved Sun-Yen’s suggestion and orders were issued that an
+immense feast be prepared. Hundreds of tables were decorated and filled
+with food. The guests were to be divided into five groups: the Royal
+Family, the Governors, the Army, the common people and the criminals
+and other unfit. The repast, the first of this kind in all Korea, was a
+merry one. Before the guests separated, Sun-Yen asked for silence, and
+in a powerful voice pronounced the following words:
+
+“By virtue of my office as Prime Minister, I have taken it upon myself
+to put one question to all of you. Our Master, the King, wishes to
+undertake an expedition against Jin-Han to avenge his father’s defeat.
+Is this expedition opportune? To me, war is the worst of evils. It
+causes destruction beyond measure, and it is impossible to count the
+innocent ones who perish on the battlefield and at home. What is the
+cause of your heavy taxes if not the need of maintaining a large army?
+
+“With peace all is different. The public welfare increases. Mankind,
+created to love and not to slaughter, may enter into relations which
+will increase mutual happiness. Nature furnishes us an example of
+peace, does it not? When we see a ferocious dog on the highway
+attacking another dog, incapable of defending itself, we hasten to help
+the weaker. Why should we be more cruel with our fellow men than with
+our animals? Perhaps the stronger dog will always seek to oppress the
+weaker, but are we not superior beings and do we not possess reason
+which teaches tolerance and mercy to our neighbors? Therefore, it is my
+opinion, sire, that we should not declare war.
+
+“I do not wish the punishment of our guilty neighbors although several
+of them have done me a great deal of harm. Let us pardon them. May this
+example serve as a lesson to those peoples who have similar wicked
+thoughts.”
+
+These words met with unanimous approbation. Every one seemed to be of
+Sun-Yen’s opinion and loud shouts of approval went up from the crowd.
+“What happiness is ours! We are like the grass which the Springtime
+brings to life, like the beneficial rain after a long drought.” From
+the tremendous crowd arose cries of gladness which were a token of
+thanks, a hymn of joy and a fervent prayer for the future of the land.
+
+’Twas a happy epoch for our country. Content reigned everywhere. Under
+the benevolent influence of Sun-Yen, everybody in Korea worked and
+lived in peace.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+One day the Prime Minister disappeared. He could not be found. Possibly
+he had been carried to Heaven in a cloud--to his last and well-deserved
+home with his ancestors.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_For it has been proclaimed by The Great Teacher and Venerable
+Philosopher from the depths of his Wisdom, that all things having the
+appearance of Evil are transient and that Goodness will overcome and
+Virtue triumph._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_So--having passed through the ten stages of its life--our legend here
+cometh to an end._
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
+
+
+Page 79: “Governor’s” corrected to “Governors’”.
+
+Page 97: “revery” corrected to “reverie”.
+
+Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been left unchanged.
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78208 ***
diff --git a/78208-h/78208-h.htm b/78208-h/78208-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dab34c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/78208-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4649 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+ <meta charset="UTF-8">
+ <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
+ <meta name="format-detection" content="telephone=no,date=no,address=no,email=no,url=no">
+ <title>
+ Winning Buddha’s Smile | Project Gutenberg
+ </title>
+ <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+ <style>
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 12%;
+ margin-right: 12%;
+}
+
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .5em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .5em;
+}
+
+.p4 {margin-top: 4em;}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: 33.5%;
+ margin-right: 33.5%;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+
+hr.r5 {width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 47.5%; margin-right: 47.5%;}
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum {
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: small;
+ text-align: right;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-variant: normal;
+ text-indent: 0;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+blockquote {
+ margin-top: 0;
+ margin-bottom: 0;
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
+
+.right {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
+
+
+figcaption {font-weight: bold;}
+figcaption p {margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: .2em; text-align: inherit;}
+
+/* Images */
+
+img {
+ max-width: 100%;
+ height: auto;
+}
+img.w100 {width: 100%;}
+
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+
+.figright {
+ float: right;
+ clear: right;
+ margin-left: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+.x-ebookmaker .figright {float: right;}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
+.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
+.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;}
+.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
+
+/* Transcriber's notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+ color: black;
+ font-size:small;
+ padding:0.5em;
+ margin-bottom:5em;
+ font-family:sans-serif, serif;
+}
+
+.ph1 {
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: xx-large;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+.ph2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: x-large;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+.transnote {
+ margin-left:17.5%;
+ margin-right:17.5%;
+}
+
+/* Conventional dropcaps */
+p.dropcap {
+ text-indent: 0em;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter {
+ float: left;
+ margin: 0.15em 0.1em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 250%;
+ line-height: 0.85em;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker p.dropcap:first-letter {
+ float: none;
+ margin: 0;
+ font-size: 100%;
+}
+
+.upper-case
+{
+ text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+
+.x-ebookmaker .ep6 {margin-top: 6em;}
+
+
+li { margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom:0; line-height: 1.2em; }
+
+.copyr-bottom { margin-top: 6em; }
+.x-ebookmaker .copyr-bottom { margin-top: 50%; }
+.chap-img { margin-top: 6em; }
+.x-ebookmaker .chap-img { margin-top: 30%; }
+
+.x-ebookmaker .no-epub-margin { margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
+
+/* Poetry indents */
+.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3.0em;}
+
+
+/* Illustration classes */
+.illowp20 {width: 20%;}
+.illowp14 {width: 14%;}
+.illowp30 {width: 30%;}
+.illowp40 {width: 40%;}
+.illowp60 {width: 60%;}
+.illowp50 {width: 50%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .illowp50 { width: 100%; }
+
+.section { }
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78208 ***</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</span></p>
+
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp14" id="i_001" style="max-width: 7em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_001.png" lang="ko" alt="ㆁ ㅎ ㄱ ㅋ ㅁ ㄴ ㄹ ㅂ ㅍ ㅅ ㄷ ㅊ ㅌ ㅈ 아 야 ㆍ 어 여 으 이 오 요 우 유">
+</figure>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</span></p>
+
+
+<h1>WINNING BUDDHA’S<br>
+SMILE</h1>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: x-large; letter-spacing: 0.2em;"><i>A Korean Legend</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span style="font-size: small;">ADAPTED AND TRANSLATED BY</span><br>
+<span style="font-size: large; word-spacing: 0.25em;">CHARLES M. TAYLOR</span></p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp20" id="colophon" style="max-width: 10em; margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 4em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/colophon.png" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+
+<p class="center"><span style="font-size: small;">BOSTON</span><br>
+<span style="font-size: large; letter-spacing: 0.1em;">RICHARD G. BADGER</span><br>
+<span style="font-size: small;">THE GORHAM PRESS</span></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1919, By Richard G. Badger</span></p>
+<hr class="r5">
+<p class="center">All Rights Reserved</p>
+
+<p class="center copyr-bottom">Made in the United States of America</p>
+<hr class="r5">
+<p class="center">The Gorham Press, Boston, U. S. A.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p class="center ep6" style="line-height: 1.3;">
+ <span style="font-size: small;">TO</span><br>
+ <span style="font-size: large;">MY MOTHER</span>
+</p>
+<p class="center" style="font-size: small;">
+ WHOSE DESERVING FAR OUTSTRIPS<br>
+ MY POWERS OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a><a id="Page_7"></a>[Pg 7]</span></p>
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="FOREWORD">
+ FOREWORD
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Many of the best portions of Chinese literature
+are readily obtainable in an English dress. From
+time to time bits of Japanese literature pass before
+English-reading eyes. But Korean literature remains,
+as it has remained for years back, virtually
+a thing unknown and unappreciated.</p>
+
+<p>“Winning Buddha’s Smile” is one of the oldest
+existing specimens of Korean literature. Both the
+author and date of its original composition are unknown,
+but it is reasonably certain that it was well
+known in a dramatic form about the close of the
+fourteenth century.</p>
+
+<p>At one time when religious dissension was rife on
+the peninsula, many of the monuments of a rich and
+abundant literature, especially those tinged with Buddhistic
+doctrines and thought, were consigned to the
+bonfire. In some manner, our legend escaped this
+wholesale literary destruction, and it is here presented
+to English readers with the hope that it will
+meet with an indulgent reception by the ever-widening
+circle of those who take an interest in the things
+of other peoples and other lands.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span></p>
+
+<p>The translator is indebted to a French version of
+the original text, made by the Korean scholar, Hong-Jong-Ou,
+which was published under the auspices of
+the Musée Guimet. He has attempted to preserve
+the simple, child-like form of the narrative and has
+made few alterations in it, and these only when
+clearness and the English idiom required them.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+ C. M. T.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="KOREANS_WHOSE_FOOTSTEPS_CROSS_THE">
+ KOREANS WHOSE FOOTSTEPS CROSS THE
+ PATHS OF OUR LEGEND
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>SUN-YEN, the Benevolent, whose Virtue and
+Goodness lead him from Prosperity through Adversity
+unto Prosperity again.</p>
+
+<p>CHENG-SI, the Fair, his daughter.</p>
+
+<p>SAN-HOUNI, a scholar and friend of Sun-Yen.</p>
+
+<p>YENG-SI, the scholar’s wife.</p>
+
+<p>SAN-SYENG, the scholar’s son, whose Merit
+findeth pleasure in the sight of Heaven and taketh
+him unto High Offices.</p>
+
+<p>JA-JO-MI, the Unscrupulous, Prime Minister of
+Korea.</p>
+
+<p>KI-SI, the young Prince of Korea.</p>
+
+<p>SU-RUNG, a murderer and thief.</p>
+
+<p>SU-YENG, the robber’s brother, a goodly man
+by way of contrast.</p>
+
+<p>YENG-SO-YEI, a daughter of Korea.</p>
+
+<p>OU-PUNG, a Sister of Religion and a follower of
+the True Path.</p>
+
+<p>HONG-JUN, an innkeeper.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10"></a><a id="Page_11"></a>[Pg 11]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">I</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_010" style="max-width: 20em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_010.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12"></a><a id="Page_13"></a>[Pg 13]</span></p>
+
+
+ <p class="ph1">
+ WINNING BUDDHA’S SMILE
+ </p>
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="I">
+ I
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">In</span> the far away days of the olden time when the
+earth was still in its childhood and when the city
+of Hpyeng-Yang was the capital of Korea, there
+was numbered among its inhabitants a high dignitary
+of the Court, Sun-Yen by name, who owed his
+exalted position solely to his intelligence and capability.</p>
+
+<p>Although very rich, Sun-Yen looked down upon
+no one. On the contrary, he sought diligently to help
+all those who came within his sphere of influence.
+His greatest happiness lay in alleviating the sorrows
+of others. He was, therefore, beloved by the people
+who saw in Sun-Yen a most disinterested protector in
+whom they had absolute confidence.</p>
+
+<p>Now one day, all things changed as all things
+sometimes do. Fortune, so long favorable to Sun-Yen,
+forsook him. Formerly happy and influential,
+our friend (for call him such we will) was to become
+the most unfortunate and the most miserable
+of men. It was due to the following circumstances.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span></p>
+
+<p>The King of Korea was giving a grand and sumptuous
+banquet to the Governors of the various provinces
+and the ladies of the Court. The occasion
+was a very merry one. Shouts of joy and the chords
+of harmonious music were heard on all sides. When
+Sun-Yen was informed of this, instead of rejoicing
+with the others, he became a prey to great sadness.
+To get away from his own thoughts, he resolved to
+go visit his friend, San-Houni, one of the greatest
+scholars of Korea. So Sun-Yen, the benevolent, set
+out accompanied by his servant—a faithful and
+trusted fellow.</p>
+
+<p>While on his way thither, his attention was suddenly
+drawn to a great crowd of people by the roadside.
+“Go, see what is the matter,” he said to his
+servant. The latter hastened—as all good servants
+do—to obey his master’s orders. He made a way
+through the crowd which had gathered and soon
+learned the reason for the gathering.</p>
+
+<p>They were about to carry away several people
+who had died by the highway. As soon as the servant
+saw this ghastly spectacle he returned to his
+master and told him what had taken place. Sun-Yen
+was profoundly moved when he heard it but,
+losing no time in passive sympathy, he summoned a
+police agent, of whom he demanded, “Do you know
+what caused the death of those unfortunates?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir, they died of hunger.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Why not carry them away then instead of leaving
+them there on the road?” continued Sun, in a
+tone of reproach.</p>
+
+<p>“I was about to do exactly as you suggest, sir,”
+said the agent, who, with a quickened step, went
+toward the group which by this time had increased
+materially.</p>
+
+<p>Sun did not continue on his way to see his friend,
+San-Houni. He went direct to the Palace and was
+immediately ushered into the presence of the King.</p>
+
+<p>The monarch accorded Sun a hearty welcome, saying,
+“It has been a very long time since I have had
+the pleasure of having you come to see me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire,” replied Sun-Yen, “I rarely leave the comfort
+of my humble home.”</p>
+
+<p>“And what is it that keeps you so close at home?”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire, either my duties or sickness. The reason I
+have come to see you to-day is because I have a very
+important revelation to make to you. Several of
+your subjects have just died of starvation by the
+roadside. The thing at first appeared incredible to
+me. I could not believe that, if my King knew the
+sad conditions in which so many of his people are living,
+he would give himself up to pleasure as you are
+doing. However, I have secured the evidence. Just
+a few moments ago, I saw with my own eyes three
+wretches who had died from want of food.”</p>
+
+<p>These words seemed deeply to impress the King
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span>who, with a trace of emotion in his voice, inquired
+of Sun, “Tell me, what should be done? I can
+scarcely believe that this misfortune took place while
+I was leading this life of idleness and pleasure.”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire,” continued Sun-Yen respectfully, “here lies
+the source of the whole trouble. Who pays the expenses
+of your amusements? Your people and no
+one else, and the Governors instead of doing their
+duty are also leading a frivolous and even vicious
+life. You can believe the words of your old servant
+whose devotion to your interests you are well aware
+of.”</p>
+
+<p>“I thank you for this frankness,” rejoined the
+King, “but candidly I can hardly credit what you have
+just told me. I shall look more fully into this affair.”</p>
+
+<p>At these words, Sun left his sovereign and went
+home and told his wife what he had done—the
+mark of a dutiful husband.</p>
+
+<p>“You acted nobly,” she said, “but my intuition
+tells me that your devotion to the King will cost you
+dearly.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why?” asked Sun.</p>
+
+<p>“The King will not follow your advice. This is
+the course things are going to take, mark my words.
+The Governors, forewarned by your complaint, will
+not allow themselves to be injured and their pleasures
+curtailed, and upon you their anger will surely fall.
+Yes, I fear the consequences of to-day’s work.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Reassure yourself, my dear, the King took my
+words in a very good spirit and he has never yet
+made light of my advice.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope with all my heart that you are right. Let
+us see what time will bring forth.”</p>
+
+<p>The King in reality did change his way of living.
+His conduct made him a bit remorseful. He
+promptly followed up Sun’s complaint and summoned
+his Prime Minister.</p>
+
+<p>This official, who was named Ja-Jo-Mi, came
+immediately. He was a man whose severity of character
+and conduct had earned for him a terrible reputation.
+Although no one knew of it, he had conceived
+the scheme of usurping the throne but up to
+the present time had revealed his intentions to nobody.</p>
+
+<p>The King demanded of his Minister, “Have you
+nothing new to tell me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Absolutely nothing, sire.”</p>
+
+<p>At these words, the King cried in an excited voice,
+“What, you, the Prime Minister, and you do not
+know that several of my people have just died by the
+roadside and that their death was caused from lack
+of food? If there is any one who should be well
+informed about what is going on in my Kingdom, it
+should certainly be you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire, from whom did you get this news?”</p>
+
+<p>“From Sun-Yen.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, I can scarcely understand how this can be.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span>I have just received the reports from the police and
+I did not see a single word on the subject of this
+affair, therefore, I am quite astounded.”</p>
+
+<p>“However that may be,” said the King, “I command
+that this evening’s fete shall not continue an
+instant longer.”</p>
+
+<p>“Your orders shall be executed. Sire, as soon as
+I have carried them out I shall return to my office
+and secure what testimony I can about this matter.
+The guilty parties shall have their just deserts.”</p>
+
+<p>Bowing humbly before the monarch, Ja-Jo-Mi
+withdrew. A few minutes later and the Palace,
+which formerly echoed to the shouts of merrymaking,
+was in complete silence.</p>
+
+<p>The Prime Minister, upon retiring to his office
+gave himself up to reflection upon the situation. He
+was greatly troubled because he feared that he might
+be removed from his office by the revelations of
+Sun-Yen. “That fellow is an infernal nuisance and
+might bring down the King’s wrath upon my head.
+To prevent a recurrence of such things there is but
+one thing to be done—to get rid of him by sending
+him into exile. With this dangerous fool out of the
+way, nothing, nor nobody, can oppose me in the execution
+of my ambitious designs and I can easily
+secure the throne.”</p>
+
+<p>Such in substance were the reflections of the Prime
+Minister, but it would be necessary to find a pretext
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span>for the exile of Sun and Ja-Jo-Mi, the clever,
+was not long in devising a scheme.</p>
+
+<p>He resolved to write a letter to San-Houni full
+of bitter criticisms and threats against the King.
+This letter he would sign with the name of Sun-Yen.
+Then he would place it in the King’s hands with the
+story that it had been found on the road by a police
+agent.</p>
+
+<p>No sooner said than done. The letter was written.
+Ja-Jo-Mi, adopting a disguise, left his home
+and, dropping the missive in the path of an agent of
+police, passed on in the darkness of the Korean night.
+When the agent walked by he picked up the letter and
+naturally glanced around but there was no one in
+sight. He carried the note directly to his chief
+so that the latter could look over the contents and
+restore it to its owner.</p>
+
+<p>The Chief of Police read the letter through with
+great astonishment. Desiring to give a proof of his
+zeal, he ran to the palace and in a mysterious manner
+demanded an immediate audience with the King.
+The monarch had the Chief of Police brought to him
+at once and was given the forged letter. One can
+well imagine the surprise of the King. Anxious for
+light upon the amazing situation he again called
+his Prime Minister.</p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi, the clever, came with dispatch. The
+King passed over to him the malicious letter, asking
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span>if he believed that Sun-Yen was really the author.
+The Prime Minister pretended to read the communication.
+He saw that the King was in a state of
+uncertainty and he determined to take advantage of
+it in order to ruin Sun-Yen, once and for all time.</p>
+
+<p>“Sire,” he said, “it often happens that we are
+deceived by those whom we deem most faithful. As
+far as Sun is concerned, I consider him perfectly
+capable of this infamous business. I have known
+for a long while that he has been thinking and dreaming
+of taking your place on the throne. As for the
+annoyance which he caused you a short time ago, he
+was the principal instigator of that himself.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s enough, my faithful Ja-Jo-Mi. Have
+Sun thrown into prison. He will be tried immediately.”</p>
+
+<p>The Prime Minister, rejoicing over his triumph,
+had Sun-Yen taken into custody. When the King
+was informed of his arrest he went personally to interview
+the prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you recognize this?” he shouted in rage, holding
+out the letter.</p>
+
+<p>Words fail to give an idea of Sun’s astonishment.
+He realized that he was the victim of a devilish
+plot but such was his stupefaction that he could utter
+nothing in his own defense. He burst into tears.</p>
+
+<p>The King continued: “I would never have believed
+this of you.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Sire, I know nothing of this,” wailed the wretched
+Sun.</p>
+
+<p>These words irritated the King.</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, you understand nothing,” he cried. “Tell
+me, then, who is the writer of this letter?”</p>
+
+<p>“In any case, it was not I, sire.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course. Now just listen to me. You have
+heard the proverb about the smoke?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sire.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you know where there is smoke there is
+fire. I mean by this that if you had not been moved
+by evil intentions, you would not have addressed this
+letter to your friend.”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire, I see whence comes this evil. The revelations
+which I recently made to you have stirred up
+hatred in the hearts of certain personages who desire
+to bring about my ruin. There’s a black heart
+at work. I swear to you that I am innocent.”</p>
+
+<p>“So that’s all you have to say for yourself?
+That’s enough.”</p>
+
+<p>The King withdrew, leaving Sun in despair. He
+ordered the Prime Minister to banish Sun at once and
+designated his place of exile as Kang-Sin. San-Houni,
+who was also compromised in the plot, was
+exiled to Ko-Kum-To.</p>
+
+<p>Escorted to his home by an agent of police, Sun
+told his wife what had happened. The unfortunate
+woman was prostrated with grief.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span></p>
+
+<p>“What did I tell you the other day,” she said to
+her husband, but she soon gained control of herself
+and regarded the misfortune which had fallen on
+both of them in a calm light.</p>
+
+<p>“Let us be resigned, my dear. Doubtless it will
+be painful to live so far from our King and our
+friends but at least we shall have peace in the future.”</p>
+
+<p>Without delay, they busied themselves with preparations
+for the departure. Sun summoned a few
+poor families to whom he distributed the little money
+he possessed.</p>
+
+<p>’Twas but a short while and the moment to leave
+was at hand. Sun-Yen and his wife found it hard to
+break away from the embraces of their relatives and
+weeping friends.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here endeth the first step of our legend.</i></p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">II</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_022" style="max-width: 20em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_022.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24"></a><a id="Page_25"></a>[Pg 25]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="II">
+ II
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">The</span> journey of Sun-Yen and his wife to the
+Island of Kang-Sin was uneventful and they
+were soon alone in their new home. Their guards
+then returned to the capital.</p>
+
+<p>What especially troubled Sun was the idea that
+his wife might be lonely and depressed in this isolated
+place. He spoke of this to her but she replied
+with a great deal of cheerfulness, “Do not trouble
+yourself about me. I have decided to follow you
+wherever you may go and I shall never find the time
+wearisome so long as I am with you”—the mark of
+a dutiful wife.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, the days passed for our two
+exiles just as quickly as if they had been living among
+their relatives and friends. Very soon signs of
+Spring were to be seen. So Sun said to his wife one
+day:</p>
+
+<p>“Spring time has come, it is a delightful day. Let
+us take advantage of it and go for a little outing.”</p>
+
+<p>“With pleasure, my dear.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good, let us climb the mountain if we can.”</p>
+
+<p>They set out gaily. On seeing them one would
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span>never have thought they were the victims of Fate.
+They enjoyed to the fullness of their hearts the
+charm of the landscape which lay about them, and
+happiness was in their souls. Madame Sun was overflowing
+with joy.</p>
+
+<p>“How peaceful everything is,” said she to her
+husband. “It is a real pleasure to be walking here
+alone with you. When we lived at the Capital I
+was never able to accompany you in your walks.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are right. I was forced to conform to the
+customs of the country.”</p>
+
+<p>“Now we are at the foot of the mountain,” she
+continued. “What a beautiful panorama lies before
+us. Just look at it. I feel a poetic instinct within
+me. Listen to these verses:</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">The day is beautiful; amid the shrubs</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Are fragrant blossoms, clustered in sweet sleep,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">The butterflies that seek them eagerly</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Seem poised to count each rain-bow tinted leaf.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">And stupid with the heat the serpent lies</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Stretched lazily along the languid boughs.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Among the reeds that tremble in the wind,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Deliberate leaps the frog, while swallows pass</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Bearing the insect-prisoners to their nests.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>“Do you know,” she mused, “these animals are
+happier than we.”</p>
+
+<p>“What makes you say that?” queried Sun.</p>
+
+<p>“Because they have little ones to care for while
+we have no children.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Console yourself, my dear, we are not yet so old
+that Heaven may not smile upon us. Have confidence
+in the future. But I think it is time to return.
+The sun is going down and you must be tired.”</p>
+
+<p>The two returned slowly to their home, lost in
+thought.</p>
+
+<p>Now it came to pass one night that Sun’s wife had
+a dream. She saw an angel from Heaven bending
+over her. She awoke, startled by the vividness of
+this vision, and immediately told her husband about
+it.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” said the latter, “that is very queer but I
+shouldn’t worry about it. Fatigue has caused this
+nightmare.”</p>
+
+<p>The truth was that this noble lady was soon to
+become a mother. In fact, it was not long before
+she gave birth to a daughter to whom they gave
+the name of Cheng-Si. Sun, the benevolent, was
+overwhelmed with joy—as one should be when
+Heaven smiles.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, his wife lay seriously ill. It was
+soon evident that there was no hope of saving her.
+Scarcely three days had passed after the birth of
+little Cheng-Si when her mother died. She sensed
+the approach of death and whispered weakly to her
+husband:</p>
+
+<p>“My dear, I am going to leave you. I know that
+your grief will be very great but do not give yourself
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span>up to it. You must look after our little one.
+Get a nurse for her if you can.”</p>
+
+<p>With a supreme effort the dying woman clasped
+her baby to her breast.</p>
+
+<p>“Alas,” she said with a deep sigh, “this is the
+last time I shall have you so near me.”</p>
+
+<p>Sun, in tones of deepest sorrow, said to his wife:</p>
+
+<p>“Dearest wife, can it be true that you are going
+to leave me? We have always protected and shared
+with the unfortunate and yet the gods permit us to
+be parted. It is an injustice.”</p>
+
+<p>His wife did not hear his final words. Death had
+already touched her brow and called her to her ancestors.
+Sun saw but did not wish at first to believe.</p>
+
+<p>He called to his wife, tears streaming down his
+cheeks, but, alas, his words were unanswered.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, I am all alone,” he cried in despair. “What
+will become of me and this child!”</p>
+
+<p>He gazed fondly at his daughter who was still
+clasped to her mother’s breast. This sad sight increased
+Sun’s grief. He took the little baby and
+turned it over to the care of a nurse whom he managed
+to secure. Then, beside himself with grief,
+he busied himself with his wife’s burial.</p>
+
+<p>All this happened so quickly that Sun-Yen thought
+it had happened in a dream, but the sad evidence was
+there before his eyes. Each day he could be seen
+walking to the spot where his wife was sleeping.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>These frequent visits merely aggravated his anguish
+and it was impossible for him to control himself.</p>
+
+<p>Our friend was always in tears; he could get no
+rest nor sleep and shortly more ill fortune came to
+him. From having shed so many tears, Sun became
+blind.</p>
+
+<p>This terrible blow almost prostrated him but he
+continued to drag out the same wretched existence.
+His greatest regret was in not being able to look upon
+the face of his little daughter. So passed several
+years.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>Meanwhile, Cheng-Si was growing up. She was
+now in her thirteenth year and was obliged to
+help support her poor father who was without resources
+of any kind. She had but one way to keep
+Sun from starving and that was by begging. She
+went about this sad task without any false modesty.
+Her wits, however, were not asleep and one day
+she said to her father:</p>
+
+<p>“There is something which I do not understand.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is that, my child?”</p>
+
+<p>“Father, how is it that so many other people can
+live with their relatives and friends while we are
+here all alone?”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, my daughter, it is very true that we must
+live by ourselves. But things were not always thus.
+There was a time when I lived at the Capital of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span>Korea with your poor mother and we were surrounded
+by many friends. I occupied a high position.
+Our family belonged to the highest nobility
+and was always in good standing at the Court of
+the King. But, one day, because of a malicious
+slander, of which the King thought me guilty, I was
+exiled here. My friend, San-Houni, was trapped in
+the same affair and was sent to Ko-Kum-To. He
+shares our downfall for he also comes from an excellent
+family. I am very sorry that since my arrival
+at this island I have had no news of my old
+friend.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps it is not possible for him to communicate
+with you,” said the child in order to console the
+old man. “Excuse me, father,” she added, “it is time
+for me to go to work.”</p>
+
+<p>“Go, my child, and come home early.”</p>
+
+<p>Little Cheng-Si, the fair, walked at a rapid gait.
+She went first to the cemetery to pray a moment beside
+her mother’s grave. Cheng-Si was just as industrious
+as she was intelligent. She gave up her
+nights to study, while during the day she went from
+door to door asking alms.</p>
+
+<p>One day, she went as usual to pray by her mother’s
+resting place. She remained there longer than usual
+and did not return home at the customary hour.</p>
+
+<p>Sun, missing his daughter, was sorely troubled.
+At last, he resolved to go search for her. Leaning
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span>on his cane, he started out slowly and feebly. Unfortunately,
+when he came to the edge of a pond
+close by his home, he made a false step and fell
+into the water. He groaned to himself, “This is
+certain death for me, and my poor little girl will
+hunt for me everywhere.” And he began to shout
+lustily at the top of his voice.</p>
+
+<p>Happily Sun-Yen’s cries were heard by the disciple
+of an anchorite who lived in a cave on the
+mountain slope, a short distance from the lake. He
+came running and soon had Sun out of the water.</p>
+
+<p>He demanded of him:</p>
+
+<p>“Where do you live?”</p>
+
+<p>“Right close by.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how is it that you, a blind man, go out alone?
+Don’t you know that you are running a great risk
+in doing this?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I know it. I never do go out alone. To-day,
+however, I ventured away from my home to
+hunt for my little girl. She did not return at her
+usual time so I went to look for her. That is how
+I came to fall into the lake from which I would
+never have come out alive without your assistance.
+You have saved my life.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have only done my duty,” replied the disciple,
+humbly.</p>
+
+<p>He took Sun by the arm and led him to his little
+dwelling. On the way, he asked of him:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Will you have faith in what I am going to tell
+you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I predict, indeed I can read in your face,
+that your evil days will not last forever. Within
+three years you shall recover your sight and you
+shall become Prime Minister. Your fortune also
+shall be unsurpassed. To attain this goal you must
+pray diligently to Chen-Houang (the Emperor of
+Heaven).”</p>
+
+<p>“Have I heard you aright?” cried Sun, beside himself
+with astonishment and joy.</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing can be nearer the truth,” gravely replied
+the disciple.</p>
+
+<p>“But what must I do? Tell me, tell me!”</p>
+
+<p>“You must give me three hundred bags of rice and
+I will pray in your stead.”</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, I cannot give what you require of me.”</p>
+
+<p>“That doesn’t make any difference. I do not ask
+for the immediate delivery of the three hundred bags
+of rice. It will be sufficient if you bind yourself in
+writing to pay me when you have the means to do
+so.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll accept on those conditions,” replied Sun.</p>
+
+<p>The disciple passed over to him a paper on which
+the poor blind man placed his signature.</p>
+
+<p>“I am obliged to leave you, now,” said the disciple.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Then, good-bye, until we meet again.”</p>
+
+<p>When he was alone, Sun reflected upon what the
+disciple had told him. The idea of seeing the sunlight
+again and of acquiring honor and wealth filled
+his very being with ecstasy. On the other hand, the
+obligation of furnishing three hundred sacks of rice
+considerably diminished his joy. A man, whose
+daughter was obliged to beg to keep him from starving,
+would never be able to fulfill the promise which
+he had signed. He regretted having given a promise
+which he could never hope to keep.</p>
+
+<p>Sun was drawn from his reveries by the arrival
+of his daughter.</p>
+
+<p>“Why so melancholy, father?” inquired the child.
+“Is it because I am late to-day that you seem sad?
+I must ask your pardon. I went to the cemetery
+and from there to gather some alms. They gave
+me some things to eat, as your hands can tell. Don’t
+you forgive me?”</p>
+
+<p>“My dear child, it is not you who makes me so
+sad. Listen, and I will tell you what happened to
+me. When you did not come home I was a little
+worried and wanted to go and meet you. On the
+way, I fell into the lake and gave myself up for lost
+when I was rescued by a disciple of an anchorite.
+This man led me home and said to me, while we
+were walking along, ‘I predict to you that you will
+no longer be blind and that some day you will become
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span>the King’s Prime Minister.’ But I have to
+pay him three hundred sacks of rice and I can never
+do it. That is why I am sad.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do not worry too much about that, father. We
+shall find a way that will enable you to keep your
+promise.”</p>
+
+<p>After they had shared their meagre meal the
+young girl went to her room where she began to reflect
+upon her father’s story. Not succeeding in
+going to sleep, she went out to take a bath in the
+lake, after which she began to prepare the sacrifice
+table in the garden. She placed in the centre a vase
+filled with water, lighted the incense burner and two
+candles, one at each end, and began to pray to
+Heaven. Her prayers continued almost until daybreak.</p>
+
+<p>Not until then did Cheng-Si go to her room. Exhausted
+with fatigue, she fell asleep almost immediately.
+She dreamed that an old man was saying
+to her, “Very shortly something is going to happen
+to you. Some one will cross your path who will make
+you an attractive proposal. Do not hesitate to accept,
+for it is an exceptional opportunity.”</p>
+
+<p>On awakening, the child recalled her dream and
+was pensive and thoughtful for a long while. In
+reality her dream was soon to come true. Some
+dreams do.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span></p>
+
+<p>In the days of our story, Korean merchants in
+search of business were accustomed to make one
+trip a year across the Yellow Sea, which lies between
+China and Korea. The crossing was very
+difficult and dangerous because of the rapidity of
+the current in certain spots. After each trip they
+were always sure to report the loss of some boat.
+Thinking to avoid this danger, the merchants had
+recourse to a very ancient and very barbarous practice.
+In each village where they traded they purchased
+a young girl. These victims were thrown
+into the sea and the perils of the voyage were
+thought to be in this way forestalled.</p>
+
+<p>Now, this day, Cheng-Si, the fair, had scarcely left
+her home when she met one of these traders in
+search of a human victim. The merchant asked the
+young girl if she knew where he could find what he
+wanted. To this request Cheng-Si replied:</p>
+
+<p>“You need not look any farther. If you want
+to take me, I will go, but what will you give me in
+exchange for my life?”</p>
+
+<p>“Anything that you want.”</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose I ask for three hundred bags of rice?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll accept the offer, but I have some partners
+and must consult with them, so I will not be able to
+give you a positive answer for a few days.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll wait, then.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Good-bye,” said the merchant.</p>
+
+<p>Happy at having concluded this bargain which
+was to result so seriously for her, the young girl impatiently
+awaited the merchant’s return. One beautiful
+morning she saw him coming toward the house
+and immediately went to meet him.</p>
+
+<p>“Has the affair been settled?” she asked him,
+without manifesting the least emotion.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, you shall have your three hundred bags of
+rice. Do you want them right away?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, indeed, if I may. Please wait a moment,
+I must tell my father.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si went into the house. She did not know
+how to tell her father about her fatal decision.</p>
+
+<p>“To tell him the truth,” she said to herself “is to
+condemn him to a death from grief. I can remember
+his anxiety that day when I was a little late in
+coming home. Now suppose I should never come
+back—but it must be done.”</p>
+
+<p>The young girl threw her arms about her father’s
+neck and cried in a joyful voice:</p>
+
+<p>“Father, I have found a way to get you the three
+hundred bags of rice that you owe the disciple. Send
+for him at once.”</p>
+
+<p>When the disciple had come, Cheng-Si took him
+to the merchant’s place of business and turned over
+to him the three hundred bags of rice. She then
+demanded, in exchange, the paper bearing her
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span>father’s signature, thanked him for having saved
+Sun-Yen’s life, and asked him to continue his prayers
+for the blind man. The disciple promised to
+do so and left the young girl.</p>
+
+<p>Very happy because of her sacrifice, she hastened
+to her father and handed him the paper which he
+had signed.</p>
+
+<p>“Where did you get this?” demanded the surprised
+Sun.</p>
+
+<p>“From the disciple, to whom I gave the three hundred
+sacks of rice.”</p>
+
+<p>“But, how in the world did you get all that rice,
+my daughter?”</p>
+
+<p>“In a very simple way. I sold myself the other
+day.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are you saying! Ah, unhappy girl, do
+you want to kill me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Now do not worry about this, father. Let me
+finish what I have to tell you. It is true that I have
+sold myself but I am not going very far away and
+perhaps I shall see you every day. There isn’t anything
+to be troubled about. I am sacrificing my
+liberty with the best of good will so as to insure your
+happiness. When we have saved up enough money
+I will pay back the price of the rice and then, once
+I am free, nothing can prevent me from remaining
+with you forever.”</p>
+
+<p>The young girl, having calmed somewhat her
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span>father’s fears, went to the merchant’s to learn the
+date of her departure.</p>
+
+<p>The merchant told her that they were not going
+to set sail for three months. Meanwhile, Cheng-Si
+was thinking constantly of the solitude in which her
+father would be after she had gone. What would
+become of the poor blind man, alone and without
+resources? This thought haunted her day and
+night. She sought to accumulate a little money and
+some food which would be enough for him to live
+on decently for some little time.</p>
+
+<p>The three months soon came to an end and the
+merchant returned to remind her of her promise.
+She asked permission to speak to her father for the
+last time. She had not yet revealed to him the entire
+truth. The merchant, of course, consented and even
+went into the house with her.</p>
+
+<p>“Father,” she said, “I must leave you.”</p>
+
+<p>“My daughter, leave me? And where are you
+going?”</p>
+
+<p>“Father, I deceived you the other day. It was
+not my liberty but my life which I gave in exchange
+for the three hundred sacks of rice which you promised
+the disciple. Yes, I was purchased, body and
+soul. I have to plunge to the bottom of the Yellow
+Sea to pray for a favorable passage for our sailors.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si had tenderly placed her arms about her
+father to support him while she was making this
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span>fatal confession. Nevertheless, the blind man could
+not bear the shock and he fell into a swoon.</p>
+
+<p>When he regained consciousness, he said in a
+voice that was scarcely audible, “Unhappy child, is
+it indeed true that you are going to abandon me in
+this way? After having seen your mother die,
+must I see you, too, leave the world before me?
+Oh, tell me that it is a dream! Consider your poor
+blind father and think what will become of him
+when he no longer has you with him. No, it cannot
+be, you are not going to die.”</p>
+
+<p>Sun-Yen burst into tears. His daughter tried
+vainly to keep from weeping herself for she felt
+that her heart was broken. The merchant, a witness
+of the scene, was very much moved, too. He
+beckoned the girl to him and said:</p>
+
+<p>“I will give you another hundred bags of rice and
+we will not set sail for three days. Would you like
+that?”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si thanked the man profusely and went
+with him to the door. The following day, after she
+had obtained the hundred sacks of rice, she sought
+an audience with the leading magistrate of the town.
+He consented to take charge of the maintenance of
+the old gentleman in consideration of the one hundred
+bags of rice which he took as a sort of deposit.</p>
+
+<p>The young girl did not leave her father until the
+merchant came for her. She endeavored to console
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span>the old gentleman as best she could. When the time
+for the separation came, it was heart-rending. Sun-Yen
+threw his arms about his daughter’s neck while
+his frame was shaken with sobs.</p>
+
+<p>“I want to die with you. I will not let you go
+alone.”</p>
+
+<p>The cries of the poor blind man attracted a number
+of the neighbors, who were also moved to tears
+at the pathetic sight. Finally the trader grasped the
+girl by the arm and said in a trembling, gentle voice,
+“We must go now.”</p>
+
+<p>Paralyzed by grief, Sun fainted and his arms
+slipped from about his daughter’s form.</p>
+
+<p>“Good-bye, father,” she called back as she walked
+away. “Don’t worry, we shall meet again in a
+better place where we shall be happy forever.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si renewed her requests to the magistrate,
+who, shortly after, visited the unfortunate father and
+tried to console him a bit, without succeeding to the
+slightest extent.</p>
+
+<p>For Cheng-Si had gone.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here cometh to a close the second step of our
+legend.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">III</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_040" style="max-width: 20em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_040.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42"></a><a id="Page_43"></a>[Pg 43]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="III">
+ III
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">San-Houni</span>, the scholar and intimate friend
+of Sun-Yen, was likewise condemned to exile
+on account of his friendship for the disgraced. He
+was obliged to leave the Korean Capital, a circumstance
+which he regretted exceedingly just at this
+time because his wife, Yeng-Si, who was soon to
+become a mother, would not have the comforts and
+advantages of the city. But of what avail are innocence
+and regret when a Prime Minister has rendered
+one undesirable in the eyes of the Monarch? It
+was decreed that San-Houni be banished and that he
+be forced to live on the island of Ko-Kum-To, a desolate,
+sparsely populated rock in the Yellow Sea.</p>
+
+<p>It was a long journey. The trip would consume
+several days. San-Houni’s few servants took care
+of the details of the packing but he himself went in
+quest of a boatman who would agree to take him
+and his wife across the waters to the island. His
+choice was not a happy one but he was unaware of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>The most violent contrast existed between the
+characters of Su-Rung and Su-Yeng, the two brothers,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>whom San-Houni engaged for the trip. From
+this difference in temperament great misfortunes
+were to come.</p>
+
+<p>As long as they were in sight of the coast, things
+went well, but when the party was on the open sea,
+Su-Rung the wicked, revealed his designs.</p>
+
+<p>“I am somewhat taken with the wife of our passenger,”
+he whispered to his brother, “I want her
+and I’m going to get her. Her husband grates on
+my nerves. I must get him out of the way.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are mad,” replied Su-Yeng. “Do you think
+for a minute that I will ever allow you to do anything
+like that?”</p>
+
+<p>“Bah! You are jealous of me,” cried Su-Rung,
+in a fury.</p>
+
+<p>“Not at all, but your intentions disgust me.”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung said nothing further but it could readily
+be seen that he had not given up his project.</p>
+
+<p>The terrible thing about all this was that San-Houni
+and his wife had overheard the brothers.
+Their anxiety grew and soon merged into real fear.
+They discussed in low tones the peril which threatened
+them and how it would be possible to escape.</p>
+
+<p>There was not much time left to them for reflection.
+Su-Rung called the oarsmen and whispered
+aside to them, “Men, I want you to grab that fellow
+and his servant. Take and keep what money they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span>have on them and kill them. The woman alone must
+live. Make a good job of it.”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Yeng here interposed, “I think you should be
+content with taking their money, but at least spare
+their lives.”</p>
+
+<p>“Mind your own business,” shouted Su-Rung in
+a rage. “I am master here. Get out of my way
+and let me alone!”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Yeng was forced to obey his brother’s injunction.
+As soon as he had turned his back, San-Houni
+and his servant were put to death. The murder was
+committed under the very eyes of the scholar’s wife.
+She was dazed with anger and sorrow. Having no
+desire to survive her husband, she plunged into the
+sea, crying, “In spite of you, I shall die with my
+husband.”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung, however, ordered his sailors to turn
+about and rescue the unhappy woman. A few minutes
+more and Yeng-Si was pulled into the boat
+alive and safe.</p>
+
+<p>Then the assassin, judging it indiscreet to continue
+in the direction of Ko-Kum-To, changed the course
+of his vessel to a spot he was well acquainted with.
+The boat made a landing shortly after. Su-Rung
+jumped ashore and approached an old woman on
+the beach, to whom he said:</p>
+
+<p>“Go aboard my boat, you will find a woman there.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span>I want you to take her home with you. Be very
+gentle and kind to her, encourage her, and console
+her, for she has been deeply afflicted.”</p>
+
+<p>The old lady at once set about doing what Su-Rung
+had requested.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, Su-Rung had anchored his boat and
+as a sign of self-satisfaction he invited his men to a
+feast, where they made merry and drank freely.
+Shortly all the guests were drunk except Su-Yeng.
+He was broken up at the turn of events and his inability
+to avert Su-Rung’s crime. Therefore, he resolved
+to profit by the present situation by assisting,
+if it were possible, his brother’s unfortunate captive.
+He left the revelers without being noticed and, setting
+out at a rapid gait, soon reached the home of the
+old lady. He paused before entering at the sound
+of voices and in the midst of the lamentations of
+Yeng-Si, he could make out these words:</p>
+
+<p>“Where do you come from?”</p>
+
+<p>“The Capital.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is that so? I lived at Yeng-Yang.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then how is it that you are in these parts?”</p>
+
+<p>The old lady, for it was she who was talking with
+Yeng-Si, uttered a deep sigh.</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, I have lived here for ten years, much
+against my will. Like you, I am a victim of Su-Rung,
+who murdered my husband. I am awaiting
+the hour of vengeance, but it is slow in coming. Will
+this monster remain unpunished forever?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span></p>
+
+<p>Touched by her story, Yeng-Si forgot for the time
+her own misfortunes to sympathize with her companion.
+It was just at this moment that Su-Yeng entered
+the room where the two women were and said
+in a troubled voice:</p>
+
+<p>“Do not take things too hard. Perhaps you will
+be rescued very soon. There is some one who is
+looking out for you. I have a profound horror of
+my brother’s evil deeds. Listen, if you wish to escape
+you will never have an easier time than now.”</p>
+
+<p>“How so, your brother....”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t be afraid. For the time being, he is not
+capable of following you for he is asleep and dead
+drunk, but there is not a minute to be lost. You
+know the country for you have lived here a long
+while. You must show the way to this lady who is a
+stranger. Here, take this money, it will not do to
+wait any longer.”</p>
+
+<p>The two women, weeping and sobbing, threw
+themselves at the feet of their rescuer in gratitude.</p>
+
+<p>Su-Yeng helped them to their feet and urged
+them again to leave. It would be advisable, he insisted,
+to make haste for the rage of Su-Rung, if he
+captured them, would be terrible.</p>
+
+<p>Yielding to the entreaties of Su-Yeng, the two
+women set out. Their friend accompanied them for
+a short distance. When they were alone, they walked
+as rapidly as their strength would permit. At the
+end of two hours Yeng-Si, thoroughly fatigued, requested
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>that they rest for a few moments. Her companion
+consented quite willingly. So the two fugitives
+sat down to rest their weary bodies. Suddenly
+the elder of the two said to the other:</p>
+
+<p>“I’m going to ask you something.”</p>
+
+<p>“What can I do for you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I would consider it a great favor if you
+would let me have your sandals in exchange for
+mine.”</p>
+
+<p>This request puzzled Yeng-Si a great deal as she
+did not understand the purpose of the elder woman’s
+intentions. However, the old lady gave her little
+time for reflection.</p>
+
+<p>“You are,” she said, “like me, very tired, but you
+are still young, consequently you are capable of enduring
+greater hardships than I. I am very old.
+You go on. If Su-Rung catches up—and he will not
+wait long—I will tell him that I do not know in what
+direction you went. Now, hurry on, but leave your
+sandals here with me if you wish to be real kind.”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si arose at once. She thanked her friend
+for her excellent advice and handed her sandals to
+her without understanding in the least what motive
+she had in this request. As she was leaving, the old
+lady continued:</p>
+
+<p>“Just a moment. I am going to show you the road
+which you should take to escape from Su-Rung.
+Keep straight ahead until you come to a grove of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span>bamboo where you might rest a few moments if you
+like, then keep on walking in the same direction
+until you come upon the temple of Buddha. When
+you arrive at this spot, you will be out of danger but
+be careful to follow my directions explicitly.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will do so, thank you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good, now, good-bye.”</p>
+
+<p>When Yeng-Si had gone a short way, the old
+woman arose, and taking the sandals, she turned
+toward a lake which was a short distance away.
+Placing them at the water’s edge, she uttered a brief
+prayer and jumped into the water.</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si, however, heard her cries. She immediately
+retraced her steps, hastening to the lake where
+she noticed the sandals beside the water and the body
+of the old lady floating on the surface. This sight
+almost overbore her.</p>
+
+<p>“Why did this poor woman drown herself?” she
+muttered. “Can it be—yes, I imagine—her persistency
+in asking for my sandals—oh, blessed one!
+She had the idea of dying before saying good-bye.
+She did not wish her death to be fruitless, so she
+placed my sandals on the shore, that it would appear
+as if I had committed suicide. Poor woman, how
+devoted she was! May she have her reward in the
+Hereafter.”</p>
+
+<p>If she had listened to the promptings of her heart,
+Yeng-Si would have remained there mourning for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span>her unfortunate companion. Remembering the entreaties
+of the latter, however, she hurried her steps
+and shortly came to the forest of bamboo. Suddenly
+she experienced the most agonizing pains. She
+trembled, shivered, broke out into a cold perspiration
+and suffered terribly. She understood that she
+was about to become a mother. What a terrible
+situation she was in! Here alone, away from everybody,
+what was to become of her?</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p>Yes, it was a little boy. She seized the poor, little
+being and covered it with tears and kisses.</p>
+
+<p>“Poor child,” she said, “what can I do with you?
+You have no father and your mother does not know
+what is going to become of you.”</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately for Yeng-Si, some one had heard her
+shrieks and cries. It was a nun from the temple
+that the old lady had told her about. This nun ran
+to the spot whence the cries came and was somewhat
+surprised to find there the mother and child.</p>
+
+<p>After rendering what assistance she could, she
+asked her how it came about that she gave birth to
+the child in that place.</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si told briefly her sad story. The nun was
+deeply touched at the tale—so fraught with sorrow.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you count upon doing?” she asked her.</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, I do not know. Here I am alone and without
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>resources. How can I bring up my little one?
+I shall have to abandon him, but I shall not live long
+anyway, I am sure of that, so perhaps I shall make
+way with myself.”</p>
+
+<p>“That would not be doing exactly right. Suppose
+you try to follow my advice. Give your child to some
+charitable person and come live with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I could not ask for anything better, but why can’t
+I take my little one along with me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because it is against the rules of our order to
+receive children. I know it is hard for you to give
+up your little one, but since you scarcely have any
+choice in the matter, you must resign yourself. If
+you were to continue on your way with your little
+son you would unquestionably fall into the hands of
+the brigands. Besides, it is possible that you may
+be able to reclaim your child some day in the future.
+When he becomes a man he will aid you in getting
+retribution for his father’s death.”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si followed the advice of the nun. She
+wrapped the little fellow as well as she could, tearing
+bandages from her own clothes. Since she wished
+to have some sign which would enable her to recognize
+her son, she took his arm and with a needle
+traced on the pink flesh the characters forming the
+name of San-Syeng. Then she went over these letters
+with India ink which the nun gave her. Finally,
+slipping off the ring which she wore, she placed it in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span>the wrappings of the child. This finished, she started
+out accompanied by the nun. They were going to
+the neighboring village to place the child at a street
+corner and then return to the temple.</p>
+
+<p>Very soon, Yeng-Si could sight the roofs of the
+little village where she was to say “good-bye” to her
+son. Alas, the child, whom she and her husband
+had been looking forward to with such great joy,
+would be abandoned just as if she were an unnatural
+mother. Her cup was filled to the brim with sorrow,
+for her husband had been murdered before her
+eyes and now her son was to be left on a street corner.
+More dead than alive, she gently placed the
+child on the ground after giving him a last fond kiss.
+With a supreme effort she regained her courage and
+walked slowly away, shedding tears of sorrow, while
+the hunger-cries of the baby grew louder and louder.</p>
+
+<p>She tottered along very, very feebly, she was so
+torn with emotion and anguish. The nun, familiar
+with sad scenes, was nevertheless deeply moved.</p>
+
+<p>“Pray, pray to Heaven,” she said to Yeng-Si,
+“some day you will find your son. He will come to
+you when he grows up. Something within me gives
+me confidence in what I am telling you, but prepare
+yourself for a long separation—take courage.”</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here endeth our third chapter.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">IV</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp60 chap-img" id="i_052" style="max-width: 24em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_052.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54"></a><a id="Page_55"></a>[Pg 55]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="IV">
+ IV
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">When</span> the vapors of intoxication had cleared
+from Su-Rung’s brain, his first thought was
+of his captive. He ran to the old woman’s hut where
+the widow of San-Houni was confined. Great was
+his astonishment on finding the house empty. In
+vain did he burst into anger, and shout. No one answered.
+Breathless from rage, he went to his
+brother.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you seen these two women?”</p>
+
+<p>“No. I have not seen them since I was here last.”</p>
+
+<p>“They have disappeared, but I know how to find
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung set out in pursuit accompanied by his
+brother. The latter feared that Su-Rung in his fury
+would do harm if he succeeded in coming upon the
+fugitives and Su-Yeng wished to be present to protect
+them should the worst come to the worst.</p>
+
+<p>Traveling speedily, the two brothers very soon
+reached the shores of the lake, of which we have
+spoken before. Here they saw Yeng-Si’s sandals
+by the water’s edge and a body floating in the middle
+of the lake.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span></p>
+
+<p>Even Su-Rung was moved by the sight and cried:</p>
+
+<p>“The poor woman is drowned.”</p>
+
+<p>“Brother,” replied Su-Yeng, “you would not listen
+to me and you have been punished. You wished to
+make this woman your slave and she has escaped
+from your clutches in spite of your efforts. What
+a great misfortune for us.”</p>
+
+<p>“You mean to say that it is my fault,” took up
+Su-Rung, angrily, “You are to blame yourself. Why
+did you let my prisoner escape?”</p>
+
+<p>The dispute between the two brothers lasted in
+this manner until Su-Rung’s rage had cooled. Instead
+of retracing their steps at once they continued
+on their way to the neighboring village and were
+the first ones to find the baby which Yeng-Si had
+left there a half hour or so before. Quite pleased
+at his unusual discovery Su-Rung took the little being
+and carried it home with him where he confided it to
+a nurse, instructing her to take the greatest care of
+the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>Several times Su-Rung questioned his brother concerning
+the escape of the two women. Not being
+successful, however, in learning anything about the
+matter he dismissed the entire subject from his mind.</p>
+
+<p>The murderer of San-Houni gave all his time to
+the education of the child he had adopted. He treated
+him as if he were his own son. It must be said
+that the little fellow gave him abundant cause for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span>satisfaction. He was good to look upon, extremely
+intelligent and grew up rapidly. One day he asked
+Su-Rung:</p>
+
+<p>“Father, where is my mother?”</p>
+
+<p>“Your mother,” replied Su-Rung, very much embarrassed
+by the question, “your mother died a short
+time after you were born.”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung was in the habit of accompanying his
+adopted son to school. The young scholar was not
+long in distinguishing himself among his comrades
+who could not witness his success without a show of
+jealousy and hate. To obtain revenge they could
+find nothing better to do than to taunt him about
+having no parents.</p>
+
+<p>“No parents,” shouted the indignant boy. “Why,
+I have a father and it is not my fault if I lost my
+mother before I was able to know her. I do not see
+why I deserve your reproaches.”</p>
+
+<p>“That shows that you really do not know anything
+about yourself. Su-Rung is not your father. He is
+only a thief and a robber. He found you on a street
+corner and brought you up.”</p>
+
+<p>This revelation troubled the child very much and
+he made it known to Su-Rung.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t be troubled about that, my child,” replied
+the latter. “These boys are jealous of you and they
+invent these stories to anger you. They are not
+worth bothering about at all.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span></p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si’s son was somewhat reassured by this.
+But other circumstances aroused his suspicions. He
+accidentally discovered the name of San-Syeng tattooed
+on his arm. Additional evidence was furnished
+him when he found a ring one day while rummaging
+among some old books and papers. He hid this
+precious object in his pocket, saying to himself:</p>
+
+<p>“I believe what the fellows told me was true after
+all.”</p>
+
+<p>From this day on, San-Syeng was constantly preoccupied
+with thoughts as to who his parents might
+be. In order to more easily solve this problem he determined
+to travel through the country, thinking that
+some day he would be able to discover those to whom
+he owed his birth.</p>
+
+<p>When he had reached his seventeenth year, San-Syeng
+asked Su-Rung for permission to make a trip
+through Korea in order to finish his education. Su-Rung
+made no opposition, although he preferred
+that his adopted son take a traveling companion.
+Nevertheless, he did not insist but gave his consent
+for San-Syeng to travel alone on a journey that would
+consume perhaps two years.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng had been gone several weeks when he
+came to a beautiful little village where he counted
+upon remaining but a short while. Until now, his
+voyage had been uneventful. But the time for adventure
+was at hand. The first incident was somewhat
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span>distasteful. San-Syeng had stopped for a moment
+in the street where some children were playing.
+He was watching their antics with pleasure when he
+received a shock. He had just heard one of the gamins
+ask one of his comrades.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know that robber, Su-Rung?”</p>
+
+<p>“By name, yes, but I have never seen him. Why
+do you ask me that? He’s a wicked man.”</p>
+
+<p>“Because they tell a remarkable story about that
+fellow. One of my friends was at school with the
+son, or rather the adopted son, of this thief. It
+seems, in fact, that Su-Rung found the child abandoned
+by the roadside and took him home and raised
+him. Thanks to his robberies, the man is very rich.
+He has just sent his son on a long trip. That’s what
+my friend told me.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng had not missed a word of this conversation.
+His curiosity was aroused to the highest pitch,
+so he approached the youngster who had spoken, and
+asked,</p>
+
+<p>“Pardon me, friend, would you tell me your name?
+Do you know Su-Rung?”</p>
+
+<p>“Sir, I know this man only through having heard
+tales of him.”</p>
+
+<p>This reply hardly satisfied San-Syeng, but, believing
+that the child had been frightened, he did not
+pursue his questioning further but walked on.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span></p>
+
+<p>Shortly afterward, San-Syeng came to the village
+of Yen-Yu, where he decided to tarry for a few days
+to recover from the fatigue of his travels.</p>
+
+<p>Before seeking a lodging he took a stroll through
+the village to see the sights. His attention was
+drawn to a great mansion surrounded by a vast garden,
+so he turned in this direction to view it more
+closely. He came to a pause when he saw in the garden
+a young girl of marvelous beauty. It was impossible
+to approach her as the garden was surrounded
+by a continuous wall. He walked on for a
+few paces and then, yielding to some indescribable
+impulse, he retraced his steps. The young girl was
+still there. She turned a candid look toward the
+walker, giving the young man a subtle thrill of pleasure.
+It is true that his eyes had never met such a
+sight—a bright oval face as fresh as a half ripened
+peach, eyes that rivaled the stars in their brilliancy.
+Her hair, which fell down over her shoulders, was as
+fine and golden as the clouds which disappear behind
+the mountain peaks in the rays of the setting sun.
+Add to these attractions a very small hand and a gait
+as graceful as the flight of a bird. The admiration
+of San-Syeng could not be restrained. He could not
+take his eyes away from the vision of loveliness.
+The girl, walking up and down the garden, now and
+then cast furtive glances at the youth who was watching
+her.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span></p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng was in a veritable daze. For a considerable
+time he remained in the one spot, even after
+the beautiful unknown had disappeared. Finally, he
+decided to find a lodging, hoping also to obtain some
+information concerning the beautiful girl whose
+charms still held him. His first action, therefore, on
+arriving at the village inn, was to inquire:</p>
+
+<p>“To whom does yonder mansion belong that is
+surrounded by such a beautiful garden? Its owner
+is doubtless a personage of some importance?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, it is the estate of a very rich family, the head
+of which, Yeng-Yen-Sa, is dead. The only people
+who live in that large house are his wife and his
+daughter.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is the daughter married?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir, she is scarcely seventeen years old.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng’s curiosity was satisfied for the moment.
+When alone, he gave himself up to reflection. First,
+he determined to lengthen his stay in Yen-Yu. He
+was burning with desire to see the unknown beauty
+again. Each day for hours at a time he would walk
+in the neighborhood of the garden where he had first
+seen the young girl who was constantly occupying his
+thoughts. Alas! his beautiful stroller of the garden
+remained indoors. He was sad unto death. One
+evening, when his sorrow, revived again by the memory
+of his parents, was more acute than ever, he
+sought distraction in music. He took his flute, and,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span>stationing himself near the garden, improvised the
+following verses:</p>
+
+<blockquote style="padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;">
+<p>“Homeless am I—I know neither Heaven nor Earth.</p>
+
+<p>I am walking in despair, seeking in vain for those who
+gave me birth.</p>
+
+<p>In a garden there is a flower of marvelous beauty.</p>
+
+<p>I would like to pluck this blossom, but the branches
+which bear it are so high I cannot reach them.</p>
+
+<p>My most ardent desire would be to die and become
+a butterfly so that I could hover about this adorable
+flower.”</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>San-Syeng then cleverly composed a sweet melody,
+to serve as an accompaniment to this poetry, which
+he played upon his instrument with much feeling.</p>
+
+<p>The young girl had heard everything. Deeply
+perplexed, she asked herself what could be the meaning
+of the charming words which had come to her
+ears.</p>
+
+<p>“If this young man,” she mused, “does not know
+Heaven nor Earth, it means he has lost his parents.
+If he wants to be transformed into a butterfly to flit
+around a flower, it means he loves a young girl.”</p>
+
+<p>Very much puzzled, she sent her servant to inquire
+who could be the author of the verses she had just
+heard. She wondered if it were not the young man
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span>whom she had seen a few days before walking near
+the garden. Still impressed by what she had heard,
+she took her own instrument and in turn improvised
+the following verses:</p>
+
+<blockquote style="padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;">
+<p>“The spider spins her web from flower-stem to flower-stem,
+but the butterfly does not come.</p>
+
+<p>I have dug a lake in my garden to attract the swans, but in
+vain are my labors.</p>
+
+<p>I have planted a tree to serve as a refuge for the swallow,
+but the bird remains mute to my call while displeasing
+birds come a-flocking.</p>
+
+<p>To-day, however, I heard the song of the blue bird. He
+has at last arrived and very soon he will be close and
+dear to me.</p>
+
+<p>The age of sixteen is the fair Springtime of life. If I want
+to be happy, I should not wait much longer.”</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>These words filled San-Syeng with a deep joy for
+they seemed to be a reply to his own verses and he
+felt overwhelmed with emotion. He went home, but
+it was in vain that he tried to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>On her part, the young girl slept with difficulty, as
+her mind was agitated by what had just taken place.
+Now it came to pass that her father appeared before
+her in a dream and said, “My daughter, there is
+stopping at the inn nearest our home a traveler whose
+merits I bring to your attention. It is the son of San-Houni,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span>the scholar, one of my best friends. I would
+like you to marry this young man.”</p>
+
+<p>She objected that she was not even acquainted with
+the youth.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, my daughter,” replied her father, “you have
+already seen him. He comes of a very noble family.
+Good-bye, my daughter.”</p>
+
+<p>The young girl wished to detain her father, but to
+her sorrow her efforts were of no avail; the vision
+faded and she awoke in tears.</p>
+
+<p>“How can I obey my father’s command,” she complained.
+“I must devise some way to meet this
+young man. I will go into the garden again this evening
+and perhaps I shall see the man whom my
+father has ordered me to marry.”</p>
+
+<p>She was not disappointed in her hopes. When
+night had lowered its curtain of darkness she went
+down into the garden and caught sight of San-Syeng.
+But instead of going to meet him, she turned and
+rushed into the house like a frightened kitten.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng was stupefied and broken up by her sudden
+disappearance. Despairing of being able to talk
+with the girl he loved, he resolved to write to her.
+So the next evening he returned to the garden with a
+letter. Again the young girl appeared for a few
+minutes. He walked in front of her, tossed the letter
+over the garden wall, and left.</p>
+
+<p>The young girl ran to pick it up, hurried with it to
+her room, where she read the neat characters:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span></p>
+
+<blockquote>
+<p>“Mademoiselle, excuse my boldness. I have but a few
+words to say. Do you know what the butterfly is? It is
+an insect that is fond of flowers. Nights when attracted
+by the light of the lamps which it takes for flowers, it
+throws itself into the flame and perishes.”</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>“This is a comparison that applies to me closely,”
+thought the young girl. “I shall have my answer for
+this young man to-morrow.”</p>
+
+<p>The next evening when San-Syeng returned to his
+post by the garden wall he saw the girl raise both
+hands and point to the moon.</p>
+
+<p>After this graceful and significant gesture she ran
+into the house.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng went home, much perplexed. “She
+made a sign to me,” he pondered, “but what meaning
+does this sign have?” He reflected for a long
+time, conjuring up hypothesis after hypothesis.
+Finally, he struck his forehead with an exclamation
+of joy, crying: “I believe I have it. The girl raised
+both of her hands, she must have meant the number
+ten. Then she pointed to the moon, that surely
+means at night. She wanted to tell me that she
+would meet me to-morrow evening at ten o’clock.
+That’s it beyond a doubt.”</p>
+
+<p>He awaited with impatience the following evening.
+Long before the appointed time he was in the
+garden, worried and anxious as to whether he had
+not given an erroneous interpretation to the young
+girl’s gesture. At ten o’clock she came daintily
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span>along the garden path, advancing gaily and smiling.
+She paused to pick a flower which she placed between
+her lips. One might have thought she was playing
+the flute, so sweet were the soft, low sounds of song
+which came from her throat. Picking up a dead
+branch she amused herself by whipping the leaves
+which strewed the ground. San-Syeng contemplated
+the vision with an admiration that held him spellbound.
+One might have said it was like a cat entrapping
+a mouse. When she arrived within a few
+paces of him she stopped as if frightened and seemed
+about to draw back. Then San-Syeng advanced toward
+her. “How beautiful she is,” was his thought.
+So great was his admiration that he could not find a
+single word to say. The young girl too remained
+silent. San-Syeng thought, “My first words must
+express all the love I feel, but my tongue is weak
+and incapable of it. What is her feeling toward me?
+Does she have a tender and loving heart, or has
+wickedness already penetrated this beautiful young
+soul? Let’s try a little trick.”</p>
+
+<p>The girl saw San-Syeng drop suddenly to the
+ground. Without an instant’s hesitation she ran to
+his help. Supporting his head in her hands, and
+after dusting off his clothes which had been soiled by
+the fall, she assisted him to arise and led him to a
+nearby bench.</p>
+
+<p>Then San-Syeng said wearily, as if he were just
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span>regaining consciousness, “Pardon me, mademoiselle,
+I am confused with all the trouble I am giving you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not at all, sir,” replied the young girl. “I am
+happy to have been able to render you assistance. I
+only ask for permission to put one question to you.
+Where do you live?”</p>
+
+<p>“I live at Nam-Hai and my name is San-Syeng.”</p>
+
+<p>“Has it been very long since you left that town?”</p>
+
+<p>“Almost six months.”</p>
+
+<p>“And have you seen many interesting things on
+your journey?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, many.”</p>
+
+<p>“Your parents are still alive, I suppose?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, mademoiselle, I lost my parents a long time
+ago. And are your father and mother still alive?”</p>
+
+<p>“My father is dead and I live with my mother.
+Wasn’t it you who came here playing the flute the
+other evening?”</p>
+
+<p>“It was I, mademoiselle. And tell me, didn’t you
+reply on your instrument?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am very grateful. You have condescended to
+listen, you have not repulsed me, and this evening
+you have given me the greatest of pleasures by talking
+with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“But, sir, were you ill just a while ago?”</p>
+
+<p>“Mademoiselle, I lost my head through love of
+you. May I in turn ask why you did not reply to
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span>my note? You made a sign to me and I imagined
+that you were inviting me to return this evening at
+ten o’clock. Was I right?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir, you divined my thoughts exactly. Do
+you know you have given evidence of great intelligence.
+You have captured my heart without the
+slightest effort, like the fisherman who catches a fish
+that is surprised to see itself so easily taken. Now
+you may call me Yeng-So-Yei, for that is my name.”</p>
+
+<p>At these words, San-Syeng seized the hand of the
+girl and covered it with kisses.</p>
+
+<p>“I have not sought to ensnare you. It was merely
+my love, my boundless love, which impelled me to
+act thus. But it is late. Your mother will notice
+your absence and will become worried. Let us meet
+again to-morrow at the same hour.”</p>
+
+<p>The young girl nodded her head as a sign of acquiescence
+and withdrew into the house. In the solitude
+of her room she thought for a long time of the
+events of the evening. “I love this young man,” she
+said, “he is so intelligent and has such a splendid
+appearance. In giving him my heart I have done
+nothing but obey my father’s counsel. Therefore, I
+should have no remorse about my conduct. I shall
+marry the man I love and accomplish my father’s
+wish.”</p>
+
+<p>Similar reflections agitated San-Syeng’s mind.
+“How beautiful and good she is!” he would repeat
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span>to himself. “I love her to distraction. I can never
+wait until to-morrow evening to see her. How long
+this night and day are going to be!”</p>
+
+<p>The hours rolled around, however, and the time
+came for San-Syeng to visit the girl once more. She
+came running to meet him, her face radiant with
+joy and happiness. After they had exchanged a
+few words of greeting she said to San-Syeng:</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s go into the house. We can talk better.
+You can come to my room where no one will disturb
+us.”</p>
+
+<p>“But don’t you fear that your mother will notice
+something?”</p>
+
+<p>“My mother is very old and feeble, we have
+nothing to fear from her.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng followed the young girl. He was much
+impressed to see with what skill she had arranged
+her room. He complimented her on her taste and
+good judgment and added: “How happy you must
+be!”</p>
+
+<p>“And aren’t you happy, too?”</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, I have lost my parents, and I am alone in
+the world. Life is no longer attractive to me. You
+have given me the first pleasure in my life and I
+am obliged to resume my travels within a few days.”</p>
+
+<p>“But why must you leave? Haven’t you told me
+that you loved me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I love you with all my heart and soul. But
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span>it is only another misfortune for me because I can
+never marry you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why do you say that?”</p>
+
+<p>“I can never marry you because you are rich,
+while I am penniless.”</p>
+
+<p>“Fie, foolish,” teased the girl, drawing him to her.
+“Don’t you know that I love you and that nothing
+can prevent me from being your wife and companion?
+We shall marry. Do not leave me. Remain
+with me to-night, my mother will not know.”</p>
+
+<p>Their lips were united in one long kiss. At daybreak
+San-Syeng departed. He regarded himself
+as the happiest of mortals and promised to spare
+no effort to make life happy for the girl who had
+chosen him for her husband.</p>
+
+<p>Every evening the young man went to visit his
+wife. Now it came to pass one night, that her
+mother, unable to sleep, arose from her couch and
+went walking through the house. Passing before
+the door of her daughter’s room she heard, above
+the sound of mingled kisses, her daughter speaking
+with some one. Immediately she fell into a great
+fury. She tried to open the door, but was unsuccessful.
+Calling a servant, she said:</p>
+
+<p>“Take a sabre, and place yourself before this
+door. You are to kill the first person who leaves
+that room.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng and his wife had not heard these words
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>for they were asleep. The girl had another dream
+in which she saw her father. “My daughter,” he
+said, “you are in great danger. Your husband’s
+life is threatened. Arise and see what is on the other
+side of your door. Find a way for your husband
+to escape. Give him my favorite horse so that he
+can take flight. You may also give him my sword.
+You will be separated for some time, but you will
+be united in the days to come.”</p>
+
+<p>Startled by the warning, the young girl softly
+opened the door where she saw the servant with
+drawn sabre.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you doing here—and with a weapon,
+too?” she demanded.</p>
+
+<p>“I am standing guard at your mother’s orders
+and I am to kill the first person who leaves your
+room.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, my mother is mad. There is no one with
+me. I was just about to call you anyway and send
+you on an errand. I would like to write and I
+haven’t a single bit of paper. Will you get me
+some?”</p>
+
+<p>“I cannot leave this post, mademoiselle.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why not? If you are afraid that my mother’s
+prisoner will escape, let me have your sabre. I
+will take your place while you get me what I want.”</p>
+
+<p>The servant was persuaded with little difficulty.
+Scarcely had he left than the young lady ran to her
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span>husband and cried: “Up at once or you are lost.
+My mother has learned that there is some one with
+me and has stationed a servant at the door with orders
+to kill any one who leaves my room. Wait for
+me in the garden.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng arose hurriedly and descended cautiously
+and quietly into the garden. The servant
+returned and received the assurance that no one had
+left the room which he had been guarding.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I shall take a walk in the garden,” the
+girl suggested. “This room is too warm for me.”</p>
+
+<p>She went direct to the stables where she led out
+the horse which her father had mentioned and
+brought him to San-Syeng. The two lovers embraced
+and wept bitterly at being forced to part in
+so abrupt a fashion. The girl had gathered together
+her jewels and what silver she had at hand and
+turned them over to San-Syeng together with her
+father’s favorite sword. San-Syeng, despite his protest,
+was forced to accept them. He slipped from
+his finger the ring which he had found among the
+books long years before and the significance of
+which he did not even guess.</p>
+
+<p>“Take this keepsake,” he said to his wife. “It
+is a token of my undying love. As long as I live
+I shall think only of you and I hope soon to come
+back for you. I will go to the Capital and shall
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span>soon have matters fixed so that I may rejoin you.
+Good-bye.”</p>
+
+<p>He went away, his head bowed in sadness, while
+the young girl, tears rolling down her cheeks, followed
+him with her eyes until she saw him disappear
+in the black depths of the wood.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish I could burn that forest and then my San-Syeng
+would have to take the mountain road, and
+I wish the plagued mountains were at the bottom
+of the sea,” cried the unhappy girl—“for I would
+be able to see my husband again.”</p>
+
+<p>She remained for a long time in the one spot motionless
+as a statue. At last, she decided to go to
+her room, following in spirit San-Syeng who was
+galloping briskly toward the Capital. He arrived
+there when there was great excitement among the
+people of the city because of the death of the King
+and the exile of the young Prince to the Isle of
+Cho-To, events upon which we shall comment in the
+coming stage of our story.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here the fourth stage of our legend cometh to
+a close.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_74"></a><a id="Page_75"></a>[Pg 75]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">V</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_074" style="max-width: 20em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_074.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_76"></a><a id="Page_77"></a>[Pg 77]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="V">
+ V
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">It</span> was Ja-Jo-Mi, the Prime Minister, who had
+been the chief cause of all the evils which had
+come to Sun-Yen and San-Houni. This dignitary, no
+longer having any one to fear, enjoyed absolute
+power. The King had entire confidence in him and
+placed in his hands the administration of the government.
+Ja-Jo-Mi had taken advantage of this to give
+all the important and lucrative offices to his followers.
+For example, he discharged in disgrace a general
+whom he disliked and replaced him with one of his
+most zealous but incompetent partisans. Even with
+all this power the ambitious Minister was not satisfied.
+Why should he not push things to the limit
+and place himself upon the throne? For the present,
+it was only a dream which Ja-Jo-Mi hoped to realize
+some day. But he was only awaiting a favorable
+occasion and this was not long in presenting itself.</p>
+
+<p>The King fell suddenly ill. His condition became
+so grave that the leading physicians of the Kingdom
+were obliged to confess their inability to cure him.
+He was well aware of his serious condition and
+cherished no illusions about it. He sensed the flutter
+of the wings of Death—wings drenched with the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span>tears of weeping humanity. He sent for the Prime
+Minister, to whom he spoke after the following
+fashion:</p>
+
+<p>“I am going to die. My great regret is in leaving
+a son too young efficiently to govern the country.
+Factions will take advantage of the situation to disturb
+the peace of the Kingdom. Yet I want my son
+to succeed me on the throne. Consequently I am
+requiring of you a further proof of your devotion.
+Promise me to give this child the guidance of your
+counsel and wisdom. Teach him to govern kindly
+and finish his education.”</p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous, swore solemnly that
+he would faithfully observe the last commands of his
+master. The monarch desired to see his son, so
+the latter was brought to his bedside. The King
+tenderly took the youth in his arms. He seemed to
+wish, through him, to cling longer to the life he
+was leaving. But the fatal hour had come; he drew
+his last breath in a sob.</p>
+
+<p>His son, overcome by grief, uttered wild cries—“Oh,
+my father, my only refuge, why do you forsake
+me? Why must you leave me?” Finally he
+fell into a swoon.</p>
+
+<p>The Prime Minister, who was present at this
+scene, tried to calm the young Prince with profuse
+and hypocritical condolences. His words were far
+from being in accord with his inner thoughts. The
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span>King’s death filled his soul with joy, for it rendered
+easier the project he had been dreaming about for
+so long.</p>
+
+<p>When the funeral ceremonies were over, the Governors
+of the provinces held a conference upon the
+question of choosing a new King. The Governors’
+choice naturally fell upon the shoulders of the deceased
+King’s son. This decision exasperated Ja-Jo-Mi;
+he protested furiously against it, saying that
+the Prince was too young to attend to affairs of
+state and he painted a very black picture of the conditions
+of the country if the government were placed
+in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>“Moreover, the dying King appointed me to rule
+until his son should be capable of taking the throne.”</p>
+
+<p>The Prime Minister expected favorable results
+from this announcement. The Governors, however,
+contented themselves with exchanging significant
+glances, but they did not utter a word in support
+of the Minister’s proposal.</p>
+
+<p>This cold reception did not leave Ja-Jo-Mi any
+delusions as to the attitude of the Governors on the
+subject. Renouncing the powers of peaceful persuasion,
+he resolved to employ force. He summoned
+the General whose support he was assured
+of and said to him:</p>
+
+<p>“You will throw into prison any official who is
+hostile to me.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span></p>
+
+<p>The General bowed in a sign of obedience and
+withdrew. Although very much terrified, the Governors
+did not submit peacefully to this new means
+of intimidation and Ja-Jo-Mi condemned several of
+the most influential of them to banishment. No one
+was in a position now to oppose the execution of
+his designs.</p>
+
+<p>Having thus overridden the opposition of the Governors,
+Ja-Jo-Mi went to the young King.</p>
+
+<p>“All powerful Prince,” he said, kneeling respectfully,
+“forgive me if I disturb you in your grief.
+The welfare of the people compels me to discuss
+with you certain things which I fain would defer to
+a more opportune moment.”</p>
+
+<p>“Speak,” bade the young King.</p>
+
+<p>“You are doubtless well aware that, according to
+the precepts laid down by the venerable philosopher,
+Kong-Ji, no one can reign in Korea before attaining
+a certain age. In spite of your exceptional intelligence
+and remarkable ability I fear that you are
+too young to rule alone. Your father, my regretted
+master, on his death bed, requested me to look after
+the interests of the State while you were preparing
+to assume them yourself. It is with great regret that
+I remind you of this last wish of the deceased King,
+for I am aggravating your sorrow, I know. But I
+hope that you will conform to your father’s desires
+and the philosopher’s wisdom.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi had hoped to convince the Prince with
+these arguments. Great then was his astonishment
+when the youth replied:</p>
+
+<p>“You are interpreting the last words of my dear
+father for your own ends and in your own interests.
+He asked you to guide and advise me but did not
+intimate that you should take my place at the head
+of the Koreans. Know then, that it is my intention
+to govern in person. I have nothing more to add.”</p>
+
+<p>It was a summary dismissal. Ja-Jo-Mi, feigning
+to acquiesce in the desires of his sovereign, withdrew
+backwards, saying:</p>
+
+<p>“Sire, it shall be as you wish.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus the ambitious Minister had encountered, in
+the energy of the young King, a formidable obstruction
+in the path of his plans. But it did not discourage
+him. Since the Prince would not relinquish
+his post with a good grace, he would commandeer
+it by force. It would be very easy. All the office-holders
+at the Capital were devoted to Ja-Jo-Mi,
+for it was through him that they held their places.
+The people were not to be feared for they lacked
+leaders. One bright and beautiful day, the King
+found himself under arrest and transported to Cho-To.
+The Prime Minister had ordered the prisoner
+to be guarded by the troops day and night and the
+deposed Prince was kept under the strictest surveillance
+all the time.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous, for the time being,
+was master of the land. He hoped soon to be completely
+rid of the legitimate King and to finish his
+days tranquilly on the throne that he had so treacherously
+usurped.</p>
+
+<p>These events had caused a growing unrest
+throughout the length and breadth of Korea. The
+people were talking and grumbling, but they did not
+dare openly to manifest their disapproval. The
+conduct of the Prime Minister became an every-day
+topic of conversation. On the street corners, bolder
+groups were wont to gather and discuss matters
+vigorously.</p>
+
+<p>One day, when San-Syeng was out walking he noticed
+one of these crowds; he hurried back to his
+lodgings and inquired of Hong-Jun, his landlord,
+who had formerly held an important commission in
+the army,</p>
+
+<p>“What has happened? I see that the inhabitants
+of this city, ordinarily so calm and peaceful, laboring
+under unusual excitement. What’s the cause of
+it?”</p>
+
+<p>“What, don’t you know?” replied Hong-Jun. “It
+is rumored that the Prime Minister, who always did
+have a detestable reputation, has just crowned his infamy
+by exiling the King’s son. Instead of occupying
+the throne, our young ruler is in prison.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng was thunder-struck. Heeding only the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span>impulses of his noble heart, he resolved to discover
+some means to help the unfortunate young ruler.</p>
+
+<p>He had a dream that night which served to
+strengthen his resolution. He saw in his dream a
+person whom he had already met in the course of
+his travels and who asked his name.</p>
+
+<p>“My name is San-Syeng.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good, I belong to the same family as you. My
+name is San-Houni. I was banished from the Capital
+by Ja-Jo-Mi. While on my way to the island
+of Ko-Kum-To I was murdered by the robber Su-Rung.
+Listen, for I have something to ask of you.
+At this very moment, the deceased King’s son is in
+exile at Cho-To. He is also a victim of Ja-Jo-Mi.
+Go, help him.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng told his questioner that he had fully
+made up his mind to assist the young ruler. “Can
+you not,” he added subsequently, “give me some information
+about my family?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is impossible for me to grant your wish for
+the present,” was the rejoinder, and the vision disappeared.
+When San-Syeng awoke he recalled his
+dream in all its minute details.</p>
+
+<p>What could this mystery be which surrounded Su-Rung?
+San-Syeng had heard the man whom he regarded
+as a father spoken of as a thief and now he
+was pictured as an assassin. All this gave the young
+man food for serious reflection. However, the most
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span>urgent matter now was to go to the succour of the
+young exile and San-Syeng took immediate steps to
+leave for Cho-To.</p>
+
+<p>It was an island that was easily accessible but by
+the orders of Ja-Jo-Mi no one was permitted to land
+there without a permit from the Prime Minister. In
+vain did San-Syeng try to evade the vigilance of the
+soldiers who were guarding the shore. He was
+forced to confess that it was impossible to land on
+the island. Not disheartened by his failure, however,
+he resolved to await more auspicious circumstances
+for the carrying out of his project.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here endeth the fifth stage of our legend.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">VI</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp30 chap-img" id="i_084" style="max-width: 14em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_084.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_86"></a><a id="Page_87"></a>[Pg 87]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="VI">
+ VI
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">Let</span> us retrace our steps. The reader will recall
+how the adorable Cheng-Si, daughter of
+the unfortunate Sun-Yen, had agreed, in order to
+procure help for her father, to become the victim
+that the Korean merchants were to offer the hungry
+monsters of the Yellow Sea.</p>
+
+<p>When the vessel that bore the young girl had
+reached the open sea and the merchants had finished
+a session of prayer, they summoned Cheng-Si before
+them.</p>
+
+<p>“The time for the sacrifice has come,” they
+told her. “Now you may retire, purify your body,
+put on your most beautiful gown. We will wait for
+you here.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si obeyed their commands with resignation.
+She soon appeared on the deck, fresh as a new rose.
+One might have thought that she was going to her
+wedding instead of her death.</p>
+
+<p>The traders had prepared a magnificent altar covered
+with white and bearing curiously carved incense
+burners. From the midst of the incense arose fragrant
+blue clouds of myrrh. At each end of the table
+burned an immense candle, the flames from which
+flickered to and fro in the breeze.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p>
+
+<p>The girl was stationed between the two candles, in
+front of the incense burners. The merchants knelt
+and began to pray. Cheng-Si, the fair, consigned her
+soul to Heaven. Not that she experienced regret at
+leaving this life, but her last thoughts were of the
+blind father whom she had forsaken.</p>
+
+<p>Her prayers concluded, the girl, without showing
+a trace of emotion, threw herself resolutely into the
+sea while the vessel continued on its way. Cheng-Si,
+who fully expected to drown in a few minutes, perceived
+with astonishment that she was resting on
+the surface of the water. In her plunge she had
+struck an obstacle and this obstacle was nothing else
+than a gigantic sea turtle. The animal kept on swimming,
+without seeming to be incommoded by his unusual
+burden. The young girl naturally seized this
+unlooked for chance of salvation. She allowed herself
+to be borne by the turtle and soon she enjoyed
+such a feeling of security that she fell asleep and a
+vision came to her. Her mother appeared before
+her, borne on the fleecy sheets of a cloud, and left
+with her these words:</p>
+
+<p>“My daughter, be not afraid. Heed what I have
+to say to you and, above all things, follow my advice.
+Do not forsake the turtle who has saved your
+life until he has carried you safely to the shore.”
+With this message, the vision vanished.</p>
+
+<p>Upon awakening, Cheng-Si glanced about her in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span>all directions and noticed an island in the near distance.
+“Doubtless that is to be my future home,”
+she said to herself. “My dream is already beginning
+to come true. I shall follow my dear mother’s
+advice.”</p>
+
+<p>The turtle, arriving close to the shore, turned
+aside into a deep subterranean passage and kept on
+swimming for several hours until it reached a point
+where the channel was very narrow. The innocent
+Cheng-Si jumped ashore crying:</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you, good turtle, for saving my life.”</p>
+
+<p>While the large animal turned and swam back toward
+the sea the girl tried to comprehend the situation
+in which she found herself. Amidst the deep
+darkness she was seized with a great fear. “Alas!”
+she cried, “poor me! I have escaped death only for
+a little while. How can I get out of this cave?”
+Suddenly she saw a ray of sunlight that filtered
+through the rocky vault above her head. She turned
+in this direction and saw two small polished stone
+flasks which shone in the sunlight. Lying conspicuously
+close by was a letter addressed to Cheng-Si
+herself. The young girl had had so many adventures
+in so short a time that this strange coincidence
+did not cause her any surprise. Breaking the seal
+on the letter, she read the following:</p>
+
+<p>“Drink the contents of these two bottles. One of
+them will wash away the fatigue of your long voyage.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>The other will clarify your ideas about the strange
+events which no doubt have troubled you.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si drank the two beverages and she immediately
+felt a renewed energy flowing through her
+veins. Her head was as clear as a bell. She picked
+her way carefully along the sides of the cavern in
+the direction whence the sunlight came. Her way
+was soon blocked by a pile of dirt which she painfully
+dug aside with her own hands. Presently she
+had made an opening large enough to admit her
+slender body. Drawing herself up through the hole
+she found that she was in the hollow trunk of an
+immense tree whose roots reached way down into
+the floor of the cave.</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si enjoyed to the fullest measure the dazzling
+bright daylight. She was in an enchanted garden.
+Not only were there trees of luxuriant green
+foliage, spreading gorgeous blossoms caressed by
+the soft, sweet breath of variegated butterflies, and
+bees and birds, but the air itself was laden with an
+intoxicating perfume. A huge wall served to close
+the garden from outside view. In the centre arose
+a magnificent dwelling which harmonized nicely with
+its surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>After a few minutes rest, Cheng-Si picked her way
+carefully through the briars and brambles covering
+the trunk of the tree and began to stroll about the
+garden.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span></p>
+
+<p>Now it so happened that the beautiful house and
+this fairy garden were the residence and place of
+recreation for the young King whom Ja-Jo-Mi, the
+unscrupulous, in his wickedness, had exiled, as we
+have previously seen. His captivity had already
+lasted for several months. The young Prince, giving
+himself up to a bitter melancholy, could not take
+his thoughts from the memory of his parents.
+Ceaselessly he thought of his father and his mother,
+both of whom had shown him such tender affection.
+At times he would ponder over the future where he
+could see no issue from the plight in which he found
+himself but death.</p>
+
+<p>“Why should I cling to life any longer? This
+everlasting loneliness, is it not the most cruel of
+punishments? Yes, it is better to die,” mourned the
+young Prince so sadly that at his approach even
+the birds stopped singing.</p>
+
+<p>This very day he was determined to carry out his
+dismal plans. He carefully made all his preparations.
+A rope tightly attached to the bough of a
+tree at one end with the other end passed around
+his neck would be his instrument of deliverance. The
+poor victim of Ja-Jo-Mi said his last prayers. In
+a few minutes his body would be swinging into space.
+But the Prince hesitated. He had just seen a young
+girl, a beautiful vision in white, strolling along the
+shady paths of his garden.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Who in the world can that be?” queried the
+Prince. “It seems that I am not here all alone,
+after all. I must solve this mystery.”</p>
+
+<p>He forgot his plans of suicide; his melancholy
+mood disappeared. A single glimpse of a woman
+had had this potent effect on him—believe it or not.
+He untied the cord from about his neck and started
+in headlong pursuit after the charming apparition.
+’Twas effort wasted! The girl turned around a
+tree and vanished as if by magic.</p>
+
+<p>The young Prince was sorely perplexed. He questioned
+whether he was not dreaming. But no, his
+eyes had clearly seen. Later on, when the curtain
+of twilight began to lower its darkness the prisoner
+entered his house to seek slumber but all night long
+he was haunted by the memory of the girl he had
+seen in his garden and he could not sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Almost before daybreak, he dressed in great haste
+and left the house. A butterfly hovered about his
+head. He tried to catch it but could not. He stubbornly
+gave chase, following it in its many turns
+and wanderings about the garden. Suddenly the insect
+disappeared in the hollow trunk of a tree. The
+young man had closely watched the insect’s flight,
+and feeling certain now of capturing his prey, he
+advanced with open hands. He expected to find a
+butterfly, and, behold, he discovered a beautiful
+young girl before him. So great was his surprise
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span>that he recoiled for a moment, but quickly suppressing
+this instinctive impulse, he went toward
+her, saying:</p>
+
+<p>“Excuse me, for having disturbed you in your retreat.
+I stumbled upon it purely by accident. I was
+chasing a butterfly that took refuge in the trunk of
+this tree, and in trying to catch it I came upon you.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si needed these words to reassure her. At
+the sight of the young man she was seized with an
+unusual fear. Her agitation prevented her from
+speaking, but the young King continued:</p>
+
+<p>“I am very sorry to have troubled you. Calm
+yourself. May I ask where you live?”</p>
+
+<p>“I have no parents, or home, sir. I was walking
+by the seashore when I fell into the water. A turtle
+caught me on his back and carried me to this island
+where I have been for several days.”</p>
+
+<p>“Like you, I am an orphan,” the Prince went on.
+“I am a son of the late King of Korea. After my
+father’s death I was banished to this island by the
+Prime Minister, Ja-Jo-Mi. Both of us have been
+unfortunate it seems. But, wouldn’t you like to come
+and rest yourself for awhile in my house?”</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you very much. But as you are a prisoner
+you are not free to allow this, are you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Be at ease about that. It is quite true that I am
+a prisoner, but no one disturbs my lonely life. They
+think that behind these high thick walls, outside of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>which they have stationed a number of soldiers, it
+would be useless to inflict upon me other guards or
+restrictions. You can follow me fearlessly. Come,
+it will rest you a bit.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si followed the young man. Hand in hand
+they went toward the exile’s home, exchanging very
+few words.</p>
+
+<p>“Here, this will be your room,” said the young
+King. “I will leave you to make yourself at home.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si, once alone, reflected upon what had happened
+to her. “This young man is charming and
+very likable,” was her thought. “Like me, he has
+undergone great hardships.”</p>
+
+<p>As for Ki-Si, he had totally forgotten that only a
+short time before he had planned to take his own
+life. He could think of nothing but his beautiful
+guest. He was drawn from his meditation by the
+arrival of the servant who came each day to bring
+his food.</p>
+
+<p>“Good,” said the young King. “Place it on that
+table and leave me. I shall serve myself to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>When the servant had gone, Ki-Si went for the
+girl.</p>
+
+<p>“Will you share my meagre dinner?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Gladly, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>They seated themselves and began to eat.</p>
+
+<p>“How happy I am to take my repast in your company,”
+said the young Prince.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Why, sir, how is that?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because I have been here alone for so long.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I should think it must be very dreary for
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>When the meal was over they went for a walk
+in the garden, the King meanwhile relating all his
+troubles to Cheng-Si, who was greatly moved thereby,
+and said:</p>
+
+<p>“Do not take things too hardly, my friend. Have
+patience. Later, when you regain the throne, you
+will forget these unhappy days.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” said the young man. “There will be no
+throne for me. Ja-Jo-Mi will have me killed.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si gave him a little pat on the cheek and
+said,</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t be sad, my friend. Cheer up. The future
+will smile upon you.”</p>
+
+<p>Several weeks passed. One afternoon, the two
+went to sit down upon a bench in the garden, as was
+their custom. The young Prince laughed scornfully,
+as he pointed out to Cheng-Si the graves scattered
+here and there in the sun-kissed grass.</p>
+
+<p>“Why are you laughing like that?” she questioned.</p>
+
+<p>“Why,” he replied absently, and as if speaking in
+a trance. “I am laughing when I think that life is
+nothing more than a long mockery of bitterness and
+sorrow and lasts so briefly after all. Like the flies
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>that spend their lifetime in a single sun’s ray, we
+live but a moment. We strive for honors and glory
+and what not. And to what purpose, since death
+gathers all of us under a common shroud and places
+us on an equality. Friendship and love alone can
+bind mankind to one another.”</p>
+
+<p>Then he was silent. The contrast between his
+own sentiments and the aspect of Nature was striking.
+The most profound sadness filled his heart.
+Everything out-of-doors on the contrary seemed to
+be dancing in a delightful frolic of love.</p>
+
+<p>Ki-Si, his head close to the pearly shell-like ear
+of Cheng-Si, continued:</p>
+
+<p>“See that butterfly yonder! He is robbing that
+little white flower. Perhaps he is intoxicated with
+its perfume; perhaps he is leaving a kiss on its rosy
+lips? Ah, these insects are happier than we
+mortals.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si was pensive. She was thinking of the
+many troubles that had made the young Prince
+esteem life so lightly. But she said to herself that if
+he could so easily detect love and the loveable in
+Nature, his soul could not be entirely immune to the
+sentiment itself. Possibly she was beloved by her
+companion.</p>
+
+<p>She said to him merrily, “Chase away your sorrow.
+You will not always be unhappy. As the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>Spring-time follows Winter, so laughter follows
+tears. Soon the moon will be shining, for the moon
+loves the sun and will pursue it into the darkness of
+night. When it rains the earth is refreshed and
+gladdened.”</p>
+
+<p>The sun was sinking below the horizon in a blaze
+of gold and glory. Everything marked the hour of
+rest and peace. The birds were flying to their nests,
+shaking the branches in their flight. A great silence
+lay over all Nature. The young Prince took Cheng-Si’s
+delicate little hand in his and murmured,</p>
+
+<p>“I love you.”</p>
+
+<p>“I love you,” was the girl’s answer.</p>
+
+<p>After this tender confession, the two remained for
+a long time without saying a word, buried in a deep
+reverie, happy in their mutual love.</p>
+
+<p>When they had gone home and had finished their
+evening repast, Ki-Si said to the young girl:</p>
+
+<p>“It is customary in our country for parents to
+give their children in marriage, but we are orphans,
+so what shall we do to get married?”</p>
+
+<p>“Let’s marry ourselves,” replied Cheng-Si, naively.</p>
+
+<p>“Good, let’s get ready for the ceremony.”</p>
+
+<p>They drew up a large table and covered it with a
+red cloth. Two candles—signifying youth; a needle
+and thread—signifying union; and incense burners,
+were placed on this improvised altar before which
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span>the betrothed pair knelt to pray to Heaven, after
+which they drank the sacramental wine from the
+same cup.</p>
+
+<p>The ceremony was over. Love soon invited them
+to its wedding joys and the following days were
+filled with an ineffable happiness and delight.</p>
+
+<p>Now it came to pass one night that the Prince had
+a dream. He saw in his dream a large bottle the
+upper portion of which had been broken, whence a
+crimson stream was slowly flowing. Ki-Si awoke
+with a start and aroused his companion. “Ja-Jo-Mi
+is going to kill me,” he cried with a sob. “I shall
+be forced to desert you, soul of my soul. Listen to
+my dream.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si, too, fell a victim to despair. “Let’s
+save ourselves while we can,” she cried. “We will
+set fire to our house and try to reach the seacoast.
+Ja-Jo-Mi will believe that you are dead.”</p>
+
+<p>“No,” vetoed the King. “It will be futile. I
+have had a dream which tells me of misfortune
+which I shall try in vain to escape.”</p>
+
+<p>“But, I think,” rejoined Cheng-Si, who had regained
+her composure, “that you are wrong to be so
+alarmed at this dream. It does not have the meaning
+which you attribute to it. When one breaks the
+neck of a bottle one holds it carefully by the bottom.
+This means that your people are determined to convey
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span>to you their good wishes, and the blood which
+trickles from the bottle signifies the royal purple with
+which you will be vested.”</p>
+
+<p>This explanation assuaged Ki-Si’s griefs but imperfectly.
+Nevertheless he said to Cheng-Si:</p>
+
+<p>“Well, suppose we leave. Let the fire burn up
+this place. I have spent too many sad days here.”</p>
+
+<p>Placing burning brands in various parts of the
+house they hurried into the garden. They made their
+way to the hollow tree where Ki-Si had discovered
+his treasure and through it descended into the cave.
+Shortly they were by the seaside.</p>
+
+<p>How could they go any farther? They had no
+boat. The young King, rather than fall alive into
+the hands of Ja-Jo-Mi, determined to kill himself.
+He ran toward the water but Cheng-Si like a flash
+seized her husband by his gown and showered upon
+him gentle reproaches:</p>
+
+<p>“Why would you desert me? Is it not my duty
+to follow you wherever you may go, even to the
+bottom of the sea? If you are bound to die, let us
+die together.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, my dear, you are young. I met you by
+chance. It is not fitting that your fate should be
+thus linked to mine. Life for you may yet be a
+happy one. Let me go. Let me die alone.”</p>
+
+<p>But Cheng-Si clung desperately to her lover. She
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span>wanted to follow him into the Valley of the Shadows;
+in fact, she would have preferred to have preceded
+him into the Darkness.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here endeth the sixth stage of our legend.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">VII</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp30 chap-img" id="i_100" style="max-width: 14em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_100.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_102"></a><a id="Page_103"></a>[Pg 103]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="VII">
+ VII
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">San-Syeng</span> had been waiting impatiently for
+several months for an opportunity to penetrate
+the defenses of the island of Cho-To where the
+young King was exiled. He was beginning to feel
+discouraged when he had another dream. San-Houni
+appeared before him saying, “You should take
+a boat and go to the southern cape of the island.
+There you will find the King and his Queen. But
+make haste, if you are too late you will find that the
+Prince has gone to abide with his ancestors.”</p>
+
+<p>On the strength of his dream, San-Syeng immediately
+began preparations for his journey to the
+spot that had been indicated to him. While yet some
+distance from the island, he could distinguish on the
+beach a man and woman, both apparently very
+young, talking and gesticulating with great earnestness.
+Soon he imagined he could catch a few words
+which were carried to him on the light breeze, causing
+the impression that a disagreement had arisen
+between the two young people. When he came within
+hailing distance he called politely: “Why are you
+quarreling in this way when Spring-time is smiling
+upon you so sweetly?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ki-Si replied: “We would like to cross the sea
+but having no boat and deprived of all resources,
+we are contemplating suicide. But I do not want
+my gentle companion to follow me to the grave,
+while she, on the other hand, is bent upon dying
+with me. That is the cause of our dispute.”</p>
+
+<p>“Give up your melancholy ideas,” remonstrated
+San-Syeng. “You are not going to die. I will place
+my boat at your disposal and take you wherever you
+want to go.”</p>
+
+<p>“Many thanks, you have saved our lives,” cried
+Ki-Si, joyfully.</p>
+
+<p>The young King and Queen immediately clambered
+aboard the boat and San-Syeng made a rapid
+trip over the arm of the sea which separated the
+island of Cho-To from the city of Chang-Yang.</p>
+
+<p>When they were safely ashore, Ki-Si inquired of
+San-Syeng if he would kindly direct him to a place
+where he and his wife could pass the night. San-Syeng
+suggested that they put up at the same inn
+where he was staying—an invitation which they
+heartily accepted.</p>
+
+<p>So far San-Syeng’s dream had been realized.
+Nothing was left for him to do but to make sure
+that the young people were really those of whom
+San-Houni had told him. But this was no easy
+thing. He did not dare question them too closely.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span>There was too much at stake to reveal the truth.
+San-Syeng resolved to wait until time and opportunity
+would dispel his doubt.</p>
+
+<p>Meantime, the house on the island where the
+young Prince had lived since he had left the Capital
+had become food for the fire and flame. The
+guard in charge of Ki-Si rushed to inform the General
+whom Ja-Jo-Mi had appointed to watch the
+island of Cho-To. The General, greatly agitated
+and worried, gave orders to double the guards about
+the garden wall. Anyone who sought to leave was
+to be arrested on the spot. Other soldiers were instructed
+to do their utmost in fighting the spread
+of the flames. They were too late. The house was
+now like unto a gigantic furnace.</p>
+
+<p>“Search everywhere for the King,” ordered the
+General. “If he isn’t dead he must be hidden somewhere
+in the garden. Look in all the corners and
+dark places.”</p>
+
+<p>This hunt was, as we well know, unsuccessful, and
+the General, concluding that the royal prisoner had
+perished in the flames, sent word to that effect posthaste
+to Ja-Jo-Mi.</p>
+
+<p>Upon receipt of this news, the Prime Minister was
+elated. The death of the rightful King swept aside
+the last obstruction in the path of his plans. He
+immediately summoned the General whom he had
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span>placed in command of the guards at Cho-To, and
+when the latter came Ja-Jo-Mi met him with these
+words:</p>
+
+<p>“How lucky we are! Such an event deserves to
+be celebrated in proper style. Let’s have a grand
+banquet to which we can invite all our friends.”</p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi’s partisans were living in idleness and
+ease, wallowing in an era of merry-making and debauchery.
+Everywhere they went they continually
+sang the praises of Ja-Jo-Mi, “the coming King of
+Korea.” The people, however, were grumbling and
+commenting, but the fear of the tyrant kept them
+from expressing too openly their complaints.</p>
+
+<p>Ki-Si, whom Ja-Jo-Mi believed to be dead, was
+keeping under cover at the little town of Chang-Yang.
+One day when he was chatting with San-Syeng,
+the proprietor of the inn burst in upon them
+excitedly, saying: “There is great excitement in the
+streets. Quite a number of troops, who are on their
+way to the Capital, have just arrived in town.”</p>
+
+<p>“What’s exciting about that?” questioned San-Syeng.</p>
+
+<p>“These soldiers were ordered to guard our young
+exiled King at the island of Cho-To. It seems that
+the poor Prince lost his life in a big fire and the
+General, who had charge of this mission, is bringing
+back his men. The people, you know, fairly hate
+Ja-Jo-Mi, who holds the support of the army and
+who has placed a heavy yoke about the neck of all
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span>Korea. Hence, at the sight of these soldiers, excitement
+has spread all over the town.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you hate Ja-Jo-Mi, too?” asked San-Syeng
+of the inn-keeper.</p>
+
+<p>“The same as every one else, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it doesn’t seem an easy matter to me to
+overthrow this Ja-Jo-Mi. He has the army with
+him and they haven’t much love for the common
+people.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s where you are wrong, sir. The only
+troops really devoted to the Prime Minister’s cause
+are those at the Capital; in fact, the others are hostile
+to him. Why, the garrison of our town and the
+Mandarin himself are opposed to Ja-Jo-Mi. If our
+Mandarin were to appeal to the soldiers who are
+here and if his example were followed by the other
+Mandarins, Ja-Jo-Mi and his satellites could easily
+be put down.”</p>
+
+<p>“But once Ja-Jo-Mi is deposed, whom can they
+place upon the throne?”</p>
+
+<p>“That, sir, is a difficult question. Unhappily, the
+King’s son is dead. Perhaps, however, a member
+of the Royal Family might be found who would
+accept the trust.”</p>
+
+<p>“And suppose, for the sake of argument, that it
+were not true that the King’s son were dead?”</p>
+
+<p>“The simplest thing would be to confer upon him
+the succession to his father.”</p>
+
+<p>“Your reasoning is good,” continued San-Syeng.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span>“You stand well in the eyes of the people and you
+are a friend of the Mandarin. Would you consent
+for us to undertake the enterprise?”</p>
+
+<p>“Willingly,” replied the innkeeper. “We should
+get together on this. I must, however, leave you
+now for a while. I’ll see you presently.”</p>
+
+<p>When he was alone with Ki-Si, San-Syeng asked:
+“Would you like to join us in our fight against Ja-Jo-Mi?”
+At the question the Prince, who had seemed
+afflicted with great uneasiness and a sort of illness
+during the preceding conversation, fell to the floor
+in a faint. San-Syeng turned his attention at once
+to the prostrate form of his friend who lay as rigid
+as a log and seemed to be unable to utter the least
+sound. San-Syeng called Cheng-Si and she came running
+in terror to her husband. San-Houni’s son told
+her what had taken place. The young woman threw
+herself on her husband’s breast and drenched him
+with her tears. San-Syeng, profoundly moved by this
+sight, cried to Cheng-Si: “In Heaven’s name, madame,
+tell me who you are!”</p>
+
+<p>“I have great confidence in you, sir. You have
+saved our lives and I will tell you the truth. My
+husband is Ja-Jo-Mi’s victim, the King’s son. I met
+him by chance. I fell into the sea and was carried
+by a turtle to the island where the Prince was held
+captive. I became his wife and we fled from our
+prison together and you met us, rescued us, and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span>brought us here. That’s our story. And, now you
+understand, sir, do you not?”</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the young King had regained consciousness.
+When San-Syeng observed this he began
+to withdraw toward the door saying: “Sire, forgive
+my imprudence—excuse my impatience—.”</p>
+
+<p>Ki-Si tried to stop him.</p>
+
+<p>“No, sire, first of all you must pardon the familiarity
+with which I treated you. My excuse is
+that I did not know with what august personages I
+was speaking. Now that I do know, it is hardly
+fitting that I remain in the same room as yourselves.”</p>
+
+<p>It happened that the owner of the inn was passing
+before the door of the room where Ki-Si and his
+wife were and San-Syeng promptly told him the
+story. The innkeeper prostrated himself and, with
+his face to the floor, cried: “It is a supreme honor
+to be permitted to house Your Majesties.”</p>
+
+<p>He lost no time in telling the Mandarin, who was
+thunderstruck with amazement and who could scarcely
+suppress his joy at hearing the news. Summoning
+an escort of troops, he marched to the inn where
+the King lodged. The soldiers surrounded the
+house, while the Mandarin, in all the glory of his
+gorgeous robes, went to pay his respects to the
+Sovereign.</p>
+
+<p>The Prince gave him a hearty welcome. By his
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>side stood San-Syeng, who, after bowing to the King,
+turned to the Mandarin and said: “We must take
+our Sovereign to the To-Wan (the Mandarin’s palace,
+or town hall) so that he may be sheltered by a
+roof worthy of his rank.”</p>
+
+<p>The Mandarin approved this suggestion, and at
+once the party set out for the To-Wan.</p>
+
+<p>Hardly was he there before the King turned to
+San-Syeng, saying: “I wish to bring about a complete
+re-organization of the Government.”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire, all my ability, all my strength, are at your
+disposal,” was San-Syeng’s respectful reply.</p>
+
+<p>“Good, then you become my General!” replied
+the Prince.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng was confused, but had to obey the
+wishes of the Prince and he knew the latter would
+confer offices only upon those whom he deemed the
+most worthy among his followers. Orders were issued
+for the preparation of a great banquet and for
+the dispatch of couriers to all corners of the Kingdom
+to announce to the people the coming of their
+King.</p>
+
+<p>This welcome news put joy and happiness into the
+hearts of the Koreans, and shouts of joy were heard
+throughout the length and breadth of the land.</p>
+
+<p>“O Beloved King! Night has vanished to give
+place to the day. The times of wretchedness and
+evil are gone and the era of happiness is at hand.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>Clouds were hiding the face of the Sun, and the
+flowers, deprived of light, were wasting away; but
+the wind has swept away the clouds and the light
+comes to us again. Everything will flourish in the
+gentle, healthful rays of the wonderful Sun. Hail,
+son, hail brother—hail to our King! Forward!
+Hold back—not for fire, nor for the waters, nor for
+the mountains. Sweep aside all obstacles. If the
+wicked-hearted seek to restrain you, kill them. But
+look ever to the Sun; its warmth will give you
+strength and courage. We want you—beloved
+King! And we will serve you and keep you always.
+Now—away with tender things and soft things—we’re
+off to war!”</p>
+
+<p>While the populace was manifesting its delight
+in talk and other harmless ways, the King was busy
+with his preparations for the overthrowing of the
+usurper. He questioned San-Syeng as to the distance
+to the Capital. This distance was considerable
+and, at the advice of his General, he decided that he
+would put his forces on the march as soon as possible.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng took an active interest in the training
+of the army. To toughen his men, he made them
+attach small, but heavy, bags of sand to their legs.
+For an entire day they were obliged to march with
+this equipment.</p>
+
+<p>The following day, the army broke camp and took
+the field. The soldiers now having only their weapons
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span>to carry, made rapid progress. At the end of
+two days they were before the Capital City. San-Syeng
+stationed his troops in a cordon about the
+city with orders to let no one—no matter who it
+might be—leave or enter the town. Then he wrote
+an ultimatum, which he ordered to be copied many
+times on strips of bamboo, and distributed widely in
+all parts of the city. This proclamation announced
+the arrival of the legitimate King at the head of his
+army and that His Majesty came to give battle to
+the unfaithful Minister, Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous.
+The latter was living in an atmosphere of absolute
+security. Entertainment followed entertainment;
+feast followed feast. Suddenly it was announced
+to Ja-Jo-Mi that the King’s son was at the gates of
+the Capital with an army and that there was a great
+disturbance among the people.</p>
+
+<p>Ja-Jo-Mi, astounded by the news, summoned his
+General, at whom he cast the most violent reproaches
+and profane oaths (some of these we dare not print
+as the transcriber of this legend is a pious man).
+“How is it that you told me that the King’s son was
+dead and now they say that the city is in a state of
+siege? Who is it that is at the head of the troops
+who are attacking us?”</p>
+
+<p>“It cannot possibly be the King’s son,” replied the
+General, humbly. “I am positive that he died in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span>that fire—his body is ashes. Doubtless it is some
+daring adventurer who has brought this horde of
+rogues and robbers upon us.”</p>
+
+<p>There was no time for further discussion. The
+populace, having read the bamboo messages, arose
+in revolt. They were already advancing toward the
+Prime Minister’s palace. They burst down the doors
+and swept through the palace like the demon waves
+of the Yellow Sea. Ja-Jo-Mi and his General were
+seized—the palace set on fire. Simultaneously the
+King made a peaceful entry into the city at the head
+of his troops and the people turned over to him the
+usurping Minister and his General.</p>
+
+<p>Ki-Si called his Commander-in-Chief, San-Syeng.</p>
+
+<p>“No one shall be put to death. It will be sufficient,
+for the time being, to throw the guilty wretches
+into prison.” Subsequently, he issued orders to the
+effect that only Ja-Jo-Mi, his General, and their
+principal adherents, be held as prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>The new King had barely taken possession of the
+palace of his fathers than he ordered a reduction in
+the taxes which were oppressing his people. These
+measures were approved by his Queen who desired
+that they be even carried further.</p>
+
+<p>“Who knows,” she said, “if the Mandarins will
+carry out the orders; perhaps they will continue to
+persecute the people to their profit? You must be
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span>assured that everything is going as you wish and
+dispatch deputies who are charged with seeing that
+your decrees are observed.”</p>
+
+<p>The King recognized the wisdom of this idea and
+ordered San-Syeng to send out in all directions honest
+and devoted men on this errand. This done, the new
+General left the Capital, wearing the modest clothes
+he had worn when the King had placed the command
+of the troops in his hands.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here cometh to a close the seventh stage of our
+legend.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">VIII</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_114" style="max-width: 18em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_114.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_116"></a><a id="Page_117"></a>[Pg 117]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="VIII">
+ VIII
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">San-Syeng</span> had been a very powerful factor in
+establishing the legitimate sovereign of Korea
+on the throne but he did not by any means consider
+his life work as finished. His primary duty was to
+find his parents and to return to the lovely girl to
+whom he had given his heart. Despite the many adventures
+through which he had passed, he had never
+ceased thinking of Yeng-So-Yei. He did not suspect
+that serious events were also taking place in
+her own little sphere.</p>
+
+<p>Now it came to pass one morning after San-Syeng’s
+departure that Yeng-So-Yei found her
+mother dead in her room. The poor young woman
+was prostrated with grief. She refused to be consoled
+and the solitude in which she lived merely aggravated
+her anguish. And yet a new calamity lay
+right in her path. The populace, rising in revolt
+against the nobility and tax collectors, were burning
+and pillaging throughout the village and Yeng-So-Yei
+just had time enough to dash through a secret
+gate in the city wall and make her escape into the
+open country.</p>
+
+<p>In a short space of time she had lost her mother,
+her fortune and her home. She did not, however,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span>feel entirely cast down. “At least San-Syeng is left
+to me,” was her thought.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall go to the Capital and hunt for him.” In
+order to carry out her project more easily, she assumed
+masculine attire and, thus disguised, set out
+on her journey.</p>
+
+<p>Now it came to pass that having no notion of
+the road she should follow, she completely lost her
+way. Moreover, an intense fog settled down upon
+the fields and earth to make her situation more unpleasant.
+She walked and walked, but to her great
+despair she met no one, nor could she find the
+slightest shelter wherein she might escape the dampness.
+Tired, almost unto death, she threw herself
+down beside a clump of tall bamboo, intending to
+rest but a few moments, but in spite of her well-meaning
+resolutions, she was soon fast asleep.</p>
+
+<p>The grove of bamboo toward which Fate had
+turned the steps of Yeng-So-Yei was the very one
+where so many long years before Yeng-Si had given
+birth to San-Syeng. The unfortunate woman who
+was obliged to abandon her child and to become a
+nun would often visit the spot which brought back
+such painful memories; indeed, she seemed to take
+a keen pleasure in seeing the spot where she had
+become a mother. And the sight thereof would
+cause her to weep.</p>
+
+<p>It so happened that one day the nun, returning
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span>from her sad pilgrimage, saw a young man, sound
+asleep, stretched across the narrow footpath. At
+first she was a bit startled and frightened but, conquering
+her distrust, she gazed curiously at the
+sleeper. “My son would have been about the same
+age,” she reflected. “I will wait until this young
+man awakes and speak with him.” She stood by
+his prostrate form and it seemed as if she were unable
+to take her eyes from his face. Finally, unable
+to be patient any longer, and after satisfying herself
+that no one was watching her, she decided to
+wake the strange traveler.</p>
+
+<p>“Pardon my curiosity, sir—but this situation is a
+strange one.”</p>
+
+<p>“What situation?” demanded Yeng-So-Yei.</p>
+
+<p>“How comes it that you are sleeping here on this
+road?”</p>
+
+<p>“It comes—because I was very tired.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where do you live?”</p>
+
+<p>“At Yen-Yu, but I am on my way to the Capital.”</p>
+
+<p>“To the Capital? But you are not on the right
+road.”</p>
+
+<p>“Am I lost? Oh, what shall I do?”</p>
+
+<p>Tears came into the poor girl’s eyes. Yeng-Si
+was moved also.</p>
+
+<p>“How,” she asked again, “does it happen that
+you are traveling alone in this way? It is hardly
+safe for you.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span></p>
+
+<p>“I know that, but I am forced to do so for I am
+an orphan.”</p>
+
+<p>“Would you like to come with me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, but I can accept your hospitality for a short
+time only. I must be on my way.”</p>
+
+<p>At these words, they walked together toward the
+temple of Ro-Ja.</p>
+
+<p>Ou-Pung, the sister, consented to take the young
+traveler in, but made it very plain that it was impossible
+for her to keep a man about the house for
+more than two or three days.</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-So-Yei asked no more than that. After she
+was installed in her room, she went to seek Yeng-Si.
+The latter related the tale of her sad life and this
+pitiful story so touched the young woman that she
+wept with her new friend in sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning Yeng-Si stopped at the traveler’s
+room. Picking up a ring which she saw lying
+on the table, she examined it closely and demanded,
+sharply:</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps, I may be a bit inquisitive, but I would
+be very much obliged to you if you would tell me
+where you obtained this ring?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is a keepsake from my best friend.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where is your best friend?”</p>
+
+<p>“He has gone to the Capital. I want to join him
+as soon as I can.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span></p>
+
+<p>“How old is he?”</p>
+
+<p>“We are almost the same age—both of us. But
+why do you ask these questions?”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si did not reply, at once. Her eyes filled
+with tears, and suddenly she broke out, sobbing:</p>
+
+<p>“My son! My poor son! Where are you?”</p>
+
+<p>These words made a vivid impression on Yeng-So-Yei.
+“Can it be that this poor woman is my
+husband’s mother?” she thought to herself.</p>
+
+<p>She tenderly took her tearful companion in her
+arms and asked gently,</p>
+
+<p>“Was your son called San-Syeng?”</p>
+
+<p>At the sound of this name, Yeng-Si, more agitated
+than before, cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, that was the name I gave him and I personally
+inscribed the name of San-Syeng on my
+baby’s arm in characters that could not be removed.
+This ring, which I hold in my hand, I placed in his
+clothes when I was obliged to abandon him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Mother, my dear mother,” cried Yeng-So-Yei,
+throwing herself in Yeng-Si’s arms. “Your son is
+my husband and I am on my way to find him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do my ears hear aright?” cried Yeng-Si. “But,
+what in the world does this costume mean?”</p>
+
+<p>“I put it on so as to be able to travel with more
+security.”</p>
+
+<p>The two women embraced each other tenderly,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span>mingling their warm tears. Ou-Pung, the sister, who
+was passing outside, hearing the sound of sobs, entered
+the room.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you crying about?” she asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Good friend, we have been showing hospitality
+not to a young man, but to the wife of my own lost
+son,” replied Yeng-Si.</p>
+
+<p>“How happy I am for your sakes!”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-So-Yei then explained to the nun why she had
+assumed the garb of a man.</p>
+
+<p>“You were right,” rejoined the sister, “but what
+motive impelled you to leave the town where you
+were living?”</p>
+
+<p>The young wife briefly told the story of her misfortune.
+She was now more anxious than ever to
+find her husband and she wasted few words in her
+recital.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall find him easily,” she added, “no matter
+how changed he may be. He has probably kept
+the horse which I gave him when he left me and if
+I cannot recognize the husband, I will know my father’s
+horse.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” said the nun to Yeng-Si, “the end of all
+your sorrows is at hand. Follow your daughter and
+together you will find San-Syeng.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, it will not be our fault if we do not find
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>Accustomed to having lived together for so long,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>Yeng-Si and the sister experienced keen regret at
+parting from each other. But Ou-Pung was the
+first to suggest that Yeng-Si leave with her daughter-in-law
+for she was happy at the good fortune which
+had come to her deserving companion.</p>
+
+<p>So it came to pass that Yeng-Si and Yeng-So-Yei
+set out together for the Capital. When they came
+close to the grove of bamboo, San-Syeng’s mother
+could not suppress her tears.</p>
+
+<p>“Why are you crying so, mother?”</p>
+
+<p>“It was here, my child, that seventeen years ago
+I gave birth to him who is now your husband. A
+short distance from here I abandoned him to go
+with Ou-Pung, the nun. These recollections pain me
+greatly.”</p>
+
+<p>The two women continued on their way. After
+several hours’ walking, they came to the shores of
+a wide lake. Yeng-Si paused by the water’s edge,
+and raising her eyes to Heaven, cried in a weak
+and trembling voice:</p>
+
+<p>“Dear and unfortunate friend, what has become
+of you?”</p>
+
+<p>She told Yeng-So-Yei of the sublime devotion of
+the woman, who had enabled her to escape from
+the hands of Su-Rung.</p>
+
+<p>During the few following days their trip was
+without incident until they came to the town of San-Jon.
+Here they resolved to remain for a day as
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span>they were fatigued by their journey and they entered
+the first inn which they stumbled upon.</p>
+
+<p>The inn-keeper’s son was at once smitten by Yeng-So-Yei
+who was, as we know, a marvel of grace and
+beauty. Finding his attentions repulsed, he resolved
+to obtain revenge—the mark of a small mind. One
+of the maid-servants was ordered to place in the
+young wife’s apartment some jewels which belonged
+to the young man. The thing was done without difficulty—and
+the servant swore under threats of punishment
+that she would tell the plot to no one.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning the rejected suitor entered Yeng-So-Yei’s
+room, saying:</p>
+
+<p>“Madame, you will pardon me? Some one has
+stolen my jewels. I have searched in all the other
+rooms of the house and I ask your permission to do
+the same in yours.”</p>
+
+<p>“Willingly, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>It can be readily imagined that the two women
+were greatly astonished to see the young man discover
+in their rooms, as if by magic, the jewels which
+he claimed had been stolen from him. They asserted
+that they were innocent, but it was useless. They
+were arrested in the name of the Mandarin and were
+taken before him for a preliminary examination.</p>
+
+<p>They renewed vigorously their denials, the Mandarin
+meanwhile listening attentively. He had been
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>impressed by the singular beauty of Yeng-So-Yei,
+but gave no visible evidence of it, and committed the
+two women to prison. A few moments after, he had
+word brought to them that if Yeng-So-Yei would
+consent to marry him, no mention would ever be
+made of the theft. In case of refusal—it was to be—death.</p>
+
+<p>The young wife spurned the Mandarin’s messenger
+with great indignation.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell your master that he is a villain. I am
+married and I will never be unfaithful to my husband,
+not even to escape torture and death.”</p>
+
+<p>The Mandarin, very much irritated, gave orders
+that the execution of the prisoners should take place
+in three days. The keeper of the prison, who was
+also the executioner, went about his sinister preparations.
+Keenly touched by the plight of the two
+women, he visited them and said:</p>
+
+<p>“I shall be very glad to render you any service
+that you ask. I am obliged to obey the commands
+of the Mandarin, but I do not hesitate to say that
+he is one of the vilest of men.”</p>
+
+<p>The jailer’s voice trembled as he spoke. Yeng-Si
+and her daughter-in-law, torn with anguish, were
+wailing and sobbing. Was it thus that they were to
+leave the world—one without having seen her son—the
+other without embracing her husband?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span></p>
+
+<p>“Oh, my San-Syeng! Oh, my San-Syeng!” they
+cried. Their grief was so poignant that it overmastered
+their strength and they lost consciousness.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>Here the eighth stage of our legend cometh to a
+close.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">IX</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp40 chap-img" id="i_126" style="max-width: 20em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_126.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_128"></a><a id="Page_129"></a>[Pg 129]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="IX">
+ IX
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">On</span> leaving the Capital, San-Syeng had a three-fold
+mission in view: to make certain of the
+faithful execution of the King’s commands, to find his
+parents, and to rejoin his wife. The young man did
+not make light of the difficulties that lay before him,
+but he resolved to bend all his efforts toward accomplishing
+his heart’s desires. He was optimistic and
+cherished the brightest hopes of having his wishes
+crowned with success.</p>
+
+<p>His adorable Yeng-So-Yei obviously had the first
+claim to his attention, and he set out with haste to
+see her. When but a short distance from the town
+of Yen-Yu where his wife dwelt, the new General
+learned that the place had been given over to revolt
+and pillage. San-Syeng immediately mobilized the
+royal troops from the neighboring towns and order
+was restored in a few days. The Mandarin, whose
+exactions had been the primary cause of the revolt,
+was arrested and sent to the Capital together with
+the ring-leaders in the disturbance.</p>
+
+<p>This task accomplished, San-Syeng made pleasant
+preparations to surprise Yeng-So-Yei by his home-coming.
+Alas the house where he expected to find
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>his beautiful little wife had been burned to the
+ground, as if blasted by a dragon’s fiery breath. He
+could not master his sorrow and burst into sobs.
+His orderly, who accompanied him, endeavored to
+console him, but in vain, and was at last obliged to
+lead his master away from the heap of charred embers
+and ashes. He learned that Yeng-So-Yei’s
+mother was dead and that the orphan, when the
+fire broke out, had fled and no one could tell whither
+she had gone.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng naturally determined to travel in search
+of his wife, but his body was tired and weary and
+he resolved to indulge in the luxury of a short nap
+before leaving the town. During his slumbers, San-Houni
+appeared before him for the third time,
+saying:</p>
+
+<p>“My poor child! You are looking for your parents
+and you are unable to find them. It is now
+time to tell you that I am your father. In the olden
+days I enjoyed a great deal of influence at the Court,
+but my enemy, Ja-Jo-Mi, had me sent into exile, with
+my best friend, Sun-Yen. I was murdered by Su-Rung
+whom I hired to take me to Ko-Kum-To. As
+for your mother and your wife, you will find them
+at San-Jon. A cruel Mandarin has condemned them
+to death. Hurry to their rescue; the slightest delay
+may be fatal.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng awoke with a start, shook himself and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span>started on his journey. Presently he reached the
+town referred to in his dream. He was not long in
+learning that his mother and his wife, unjustly accused
+of theft, were in a prison cell and were to be
+put to death the very next morning.</p>
+
+<p>The young man ran to the prison where, of course,
+he found it impossible to enter, so he had recourse to
+a wise little trick. He entered a merchant’s shop
+near by, threw his robe over a random object and
+dashed out of the doorway. He was soon caught,
+arrested, and thrown into prison.</p>
+
+<p>Before employing this ruse, San-Syeng had ordered
+his servant to come early the next day with
+his master’s horse and take his place before the
+prison gates.</p>
+
+<p>The room into which the young man was thrust
+after his arrest was very dark and small. Several
+persons were already occupying it but it was too
+dark to distinguish any of them clearly. He joined
+one of the inmates in a loud protest for some light—the
+inevitable result of which would be to bring
+the jailer, who indeed did come running to see what
+their outcries portended. He stepped between the
+two men to quiet them.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall report you to the Mandarin,” he declared,
+turning to San-Houni’s son. “What’s your
+name, anyway?”</p>
+
+<p>“San-Syeng.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span></p>
+
+<p>Yeng-So-Yei and Yeng-Si were naturally very
+much surprised at hearing this name. They whispered
+to each other:</p>
+
+<p>“That’s my son’s name, sure enough,” said Yeng-Si,
+“but it cannot possibly be he for he is no thief.”</p>
+
+<p>The night passed without San-Syeng being recognized
+by the two women. At daybreak, they were
+startled by the loud neighing of a horse and Yeng-So-Yei,
+who had gone to the narrow opening which
+served as a window to their cell, cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Mother, come here. That horse which has been
+neighing is the very one which I gave my husband,
+or at least it resembles it very much.”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si, by way of reply, moaned:</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, where can my poor son be?”</p>
+
+<p>Thereupon, San-Syeng approached his mother and
+inquired the cause of her grief. Yeng-Si told him
+of the many sad experiences she had undergone since
+her departure into exile with San-Houni up to her
+arrest and condemnation to death by the Mandarin
+of San-Jon.</p>
+
+<p>When she had finished, the young man in turn told
+his story. His concluding words were—“I have on
+my arm the name of San-Syeng, but I do not know
+how it is that I bear these characters which I have
+tried in vain to remove.”</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-So-Yei who had been listening to the conversation
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span>could restrain herself no longer and cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Tell me, what was your wife’s name and where
+did she live?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yeng-So-Yei was my wife’s name; she lived in
+the village of Yen-Yu, but I found her home burned
+to the ground.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, my dear San-Syeng,” cried the young woman.
+“Have I found you at last,” and turning to Yeng-Si,
+“Mother mine, here is your son!”</p>
+
+<p>Their greetings naturally consumed some time—their
+hearts were glad and they were not ashamed to
+display their emotion. And yet the two women felt
+bitter and sad to think that soon they were about
+to die after having touched the threshold of that
+happiness which their reunion promised. San-Syeng
+ultimately succeeded in calming them. He enjoyed,
+he said, certain extraordinary powers of which he
+intended to make instant use.</p>
+
+<p>Presently the young General’s orderly visited his
+master’s prison where he received orders to announce
+to the village the arrival of San-Syeng, a special
+envoy of the King, and to arrest the Mandarin
+at once.</p>
+
+<p>’Twas but a brief while and the orderly came to
+report to his master that his commands had been
+carried out. Meantime, the town officials had rushed
+to the prison where they surrounded San-Syeng and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span>paid him their homage. At their urging, San-Houni’s
+son left the prison and betook himself to the town-hall.</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-So-Yei, catching sight of the horse she had
+given her husband, ran to the stately looking steed
+and imprinted a kiss on the end of its nose. The
+animal seemed to understand her message, for its
+eyes as they turned toward the young wife, seemed
+moist with tears.</p>
+
+<p>“No tears now, my good fellow,” laughed Yeng-So-Yei.
+“You are happier than I for you can continually
+accompany him whom I love, while I am
+to be separated from him.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng, a witness of his wife’s gentle act, tenderly
+drew her to his heart, and kissing her hair
+said:</p>
+
+<p>“Henceforth we shall never part from each
+other.”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng, his cup overflowing with happiness at
+having found his mother and his wife at one and the
+same time, desired to be told about his father, and,
+at his urgent request, Yeng-Si, with tears in her eyes
+and a faltering voice, related to him the misfortunes
+of San-Houni.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t worry, mother dear,” pleaded San-Syeng.
+“After so much suffering, you are going to have happiness
+in abundance. I shall do everything I can to
+make life pleasant for you. Suppose that first we go
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span>visit Ou-Pung, the sister, who was so kind to you.”</p>
+
+<p>This suggestion was very pleasing to Yeng-Si and
+they started on their journey to the temple of Ro-Ja.
+When they were passing by the lake which recalled
+so many bitter memories, Yeng-Si bade her son to
+pause. The little party halted while she told the
+melancholy tale of the devotion of the old lady who
+had sacrificed herself without hope of recompense or
+reward.</p>
+
+<p>“Mother,” declared San-Syeng, “I am going to
+place a memorial in this spot to perpetuate the sublime
+sacrifice of your poor companion.” The General’s
+orderly was at once commissioned to employ
+workmen who were to begin immediately to erect a
+suitable tribute to the old lady’s memory.</p>
+
+<p>Before reaching the shrine of Ro-Ja, Yeng-Si related
+to her son, while they were passing by the
+grove of bamboo, which figures so conspicuously in
+our story, under what pitiful circumstances he had
+been born.</p>
+
+<p>Ou-Pung, the sister, did not count upon seeing
+Yeng-Si and her daughter-in-law so soon again.
+“This is my son,” proudly declared the nun’s former
+companion.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng showered warm and profuse thanks
+upon the sister for all the attentions and kindnesses
+she had shown to Yeng-Si.</p>
+
+<p>“Do not thank me, sir,” replied the sister. “I
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>have only done my duty in sheltering an unfortunate
+woman. Buddha has taken pity upon her and has
+rewarded her piety and her long suffering by permitting
+her to find you.”</p>
+
+<p>Under the supervision of the orderly, a magnificent
+pagoda was rapidly built by the water’s edge.
+Upon it could be read this inscription:</p>
+
+<p>
+ WITH EVERLASTING GRATITUDE TO<br>
+ THE BENEFACTOR OF MY MOTHER.
+</p>
+
+<p>Ou-Pung consented to go with her visitors to see
+the temple that had just been completed. San-Syeng
+had directed that an altar for sacrifices be
+placed before the pagoda and that Su-Rung be arrested
+and brought to him. All of the thief’s property
+was to be seized.</p>
+
+<p>This very moment, strange to say, Su-Rung was
+telling his brother, Su-Yeng, of a peculiar dream he
+had had the preceding night. He had seen himself
+surrounded by tongues of flame and his head, severed
+from his body, was boiling in a large copper kettle.</p>
+
+<p>“It signifies that your end is near and that you will
+die through the will of man,” asserted Su-Yeng.
+“Why must you continue to lead this sinful life? It
+would be more fitting that you experience remorse
+and fear for an envoy of the King is in the neighborhood.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span></p>
+
+<p>Scarcely had Su-Yeng uttered these words, when
+there came a loud rapping at the door. After a brief
+struggle, Su-Rung was reduced to helplessness and securely
+bound. All the stolen objects that could be
+found were collected, thrown in a heap, and the party
+turned their steps toward the pagoda.</p>
+
+<p>When the criminal was brought face to face with
+the young General, the latter demanded:</p>
+
+<p>“My name is San-Syeng. You know me, don’t
+you?”</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung, much surprised, could not imagine that
+his adopted son had been elevated to the dignity of a
+King’s envoy, so he replied, coolly:</p>
+
+<p>“Your name is not unfamiliar to me. My son was
+called San-Syeng.”</p>
+
+<p>“You have a son, then?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, he left me three years ago, to go to the
+Capital and since that day I have had no news of
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you may know that I am the man of whom
+you boast being the father. But I am not the son of
+a murderer. I have found my mother who has told
+me about my birth and your infamous crimes. There,
+do you recognize my mother?” added San-Syeng, indicating
+Yeng-Si to the brigand with a gesture of his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>Yeng-Si, who had been watching Su-Rung attentively
+for some time, burst out with:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span></p>
+
+<p>“You vile wretch, so you’re still alive! Thank
+Heaven it is granted me to satisfy my thirst for vengeance.
+My son, there stands your father’s murderer.
+Kill him, strike him down, with your own
+hand! I could tear the very eyes from his head!”</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng’s mother was beside herself and he
+sought to calm her, representing that he had no authority
+to put any man to death without an order
+from the King. Yeng-Si did not insist; her mind was
+crowded with other more charitable thoughts when,
+in company with her friends, she knelt in the beautiful
+pagoda to pray for the soul of the martyred
+woman to whom she owed her life.</p>
+
+<p>Su-Rung was immediately dispatched to the Capital
+under heavy guard. When the troops and their
+prisoner were about to depart, San-Syeng, turning to
+Su-Yeng, said:</p>
+
+<p>“You have always been an honest, loyal man. Take
+these things which your brother has unlawfully appropriated.
+They are yours.”</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you so much, sir. But I no longer am in
+need of anything, for I am going to die with my
+brother.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is that? I do not comprehend your decision.”</p>
+
+<p>“When a tree is brought to the ground by the
+woodsman, can the branches continue to live?”</p>
+
+<p>“But if your brother was a criminal, you have
+nothing to reproach yourself with.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span></p>
+
+<p>“That may be true, but nevertheless I am determined
+to leave this life with the brother I have always
+loved and with whom I have always lived.”
+And San-Syeng found it useless to endeavor to dissuade
+Su-Yeng from his fatal purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Before returning to the Capital, San-Houni’s son
+visited several more of the provinces, looking after
+the King’s business. When his mission was concluded,
+he sought audience with the King for the purpose
+of reporting what he had seen, heard, and done.
+The Queen was a patient and attentive listener while
+the young General was telling the story of his adventures.
+However, when San-Syeng had finished speaking,
+Cheng-Si, with a sob in her voice, cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, you are so much happier than I!”</p>
+
+<p>Her strength failed her and she slipped from her
+seat to the floor. Those in the Royal Chamber
+crowded about the prostrate Queen—at a respectful
+distance, however—who was not long in regaining
+her consciousness. Thereupon San-Syeng asked her
+tenderly, as he bowed before her, what had been the
+cause of her sudden swoon.</p>
+
+<p>“Alas!” mourned Cheng-Si. “It has been three
+years since I have seen my father, and in all that time
+I have had no word of him. That is why I am so sad
+and down-hearted.”</p>
+
+<p>The King and his General assured her that they
+would use all possible means within their power to
+find the Queen’s father. The Queen’s pretty and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span>shapely head was bowed in deep meditation, when
+suddenly she cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Well, let’s collect all the blind men in the Kingdom;
+invite them to a big feast. I’m going to give
+every one of them a little token.”</p>
+
+<p>“Majesty,” replied San-Syeng, “it shall happen as
+you have wished.”</p>
+
+<p>No time was lost; orders were issued to every
+Mandarin to send every blind man in his jurisdiction
+to the Capital. And thus it came to pass that Cheng-Si
+collected all the blind men of Korea in order to
+give them a token.</p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>But more anon, for here endeth the ninth step of
+our legend.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="chapter">
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span></p>
+<p class="ph2" style="float: left;">X</p>
+</div>
+
+<figure class="figright illowp60 chap-img" id="i_140" style="max-width: 22em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/i_140.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_142"></a><a id="Page_143"></a>[Pg 143]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="X">
+ X
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="dropcap"><span class="upper-case">Many</span> months had come and gone since the
+day when the unfortunate and broken-hearted
+Sun-Yen had seen his daughter pass away to certain
+death. He led a wretched existence—his
+strength being sustained only by the promise of the
+disciple that his sight would be restored to him at
+the end of three years. But the allotted time had
+passed and the poor victim of Ja-Jo-Mi, the unscrupulous,
+had not recovered his sight. His dejection
+was pitiful to behold, and he awaited with
+impatience the death that would free him from his
+constant misery.</p>
+
+<p>Now, one day Sun-Yen was disturbed in the midst
+of his morbid meditations by the arrival at his poor
+dwelling of the Mandarin of the province.</p>
+
+<p>“The King,” declared this dignitary, “desires to
+assemble all the blind men of the Kingdom at a banquet.
+You must go to the Capital.”</p>
+
+<p>“My strength will never permit me to make such a
+long journey,” replied Sun-Yen. “As it is, I can
+scarcely take a few steps from my own door.”</p>
+
+<p>“You need not be troubled about that. I will provide
+you with a horse and guide.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span></p>
+
+<p>“I thank you from the bottom of my heart, but is it
+really necessary to spend so much on my account?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is the King’s order. Everything is prepared
+and you can start this very moment.”</p>
+
+<p>Sun-Yen was easily persuaded. A few days and he
+was in the Capital.</p>
+
+<p>At the orders of San-Syeng, an elaborate and
+tasty feast had been prepared. The ladies of the
+Court had been instructed to see that nothing was
+lacking for the comfort of the blind men who had
+come from all corners of Korea. They watched over
+them and came to their assistance when—on account
+of their blindness—they were awkward and clumsy.
+The banquet was nearing an end when Sun-Yen arrived—tired
+and travel-stained. The servants led
+him to one of the ladies who could not conceal a
+grimace of disgust when she saw him. In fact, the
+old gentleman did present a very disagreeable appearance
+to the eye. The lady made a disparaging
+remark which Sun-Yen overheard and to which he
+replied:</p>
+
+<p>“I am well aware of what you are saying, but
+kindly listen to what I have to say. The actions and
+outer garb of men may differ much, but good hearts
+and good manners should be in the bosoms of us all.
+The wicked and crafty often conceal a cowardly and
+vile disposition beneath a beautiful exterior. People
+of wisdom pay no attention to form, but probe to
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span>the bottom where kindness and gentleness often
+abide. When you see an apple that looks attractive
+but contains a worm, you may contemplate its beauty
+but you keep your mouth away. Heaven alone is of
+lasting beauty and nothing beside it matters. I have
+been deceived by a so-called religious man who had
+no other intention but a selfish desire to supplant his
+Master.</p>
+
+<p>“I planted a beautiful fruit tree and it bore a
+single flower of exquisite beauty and charm. A gust
+of wind swept this flower toward the sea where it
+was peacefully rocked in the cradle of the waves.
+The flower often thought of the poor tree from
+which it had been stolen and the latter, shorn of its
+only child, was slowly dying of a broken heart.</p>
+
+<p>“The crescent of the moon seems to emerge from
+the waters. The fishes are frightened, believing they
+see a golden hook on a gigantic line which will lift
+them from their homes in the sea.</p>
+
+<p>“Every month the moon is hidden from our sight
+for a brief season. Then soon its light reappears in
+all its wondrous glory. But I, on the contrary, have
+never seen the light of day since I was stricken by
+blindness.</p>
+
+<p>“For three years my eyes have shed tears more
+abundant than the rain which comes from the Heavens.
+My sighs are sadder than the night wind that
+whistles through the forest tops.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span></p>
+
+<p>Concluding, the blind man said, with a sigh: “If
+my lack of a comely appearance and a rich garb displeases
+you, put me in a corner by myself, please.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady was surprised to hear such profound and
+poetic speech from the mouth of this old man. She
+begged his pardon for having treated him with so
+little respect. At the request of Sun-Yen he was
+placed at a table by himself.</p>
+
+<p>While he was eating, the lady went to the Queen
+and repeated to her the strange speech of the blind
+visitor.</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si was very much struck by the recital. She
+told her impressions to her husband and then expressed
+a desire to have all the blind men in the
+Palace pass before her—one by one.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish to make a present to each one,” she said.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately, the long file began to form, Sun-Yen
+being the last of the line. When he stood before the
+Queen, the lady said:</p>
+
+<p>“Majesty, here is the blind man whose startling
+words I brought you.”</p>
+
+<p>Cheng-Si summoned the old man closer and said to
+him:</p>
+
+<p>“Why do you express such radical views against
+our government, our religion and the world?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because, my Queen, the world and religion and
+the government have caused me evils without number.
+I was powerful and I was exiled. I had the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span>best of wives and I lost her. I became blind and my
+only consolation, a little daughter, was taken away.
+She furnished a beautiful example of filial love, sacrificing
+her life on the promise that I would regain
+my sight. The poor girl is dead and I am still deprived
+of the light of day.”</p>
+
+<p>These words moved Cheng-Si profoundly for in
+this sordid old man she recognized her father. She
+uttered a cry.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t you know Cheng-Si?”</p>
+
+<p>“My daughter,” stammered Sun-Yen, and instantly
+his eyes opened and he saw before him the daughter
+that he had thought forever lost.</p>
+
+<p>The prediction of the disciple was at last fulfilled
+and under these happy circumstances, shaken by emotion
+and joy, father and daughter fell into each other’s
+arms.</p>
+
+<p>The King, a witness of this scene—to him incomprehensible—did
+not delay long in finding out the
+cause, and he cried:</p>
+
+<p>“Stop the banquet. This requires no witnesses.”</p>
+
+<p>When alone with her father and her husband,
+Cheng-Si told the King the story of her family.</p>
+
+<p>Sun-Yen was completely transformed with delight
+as he heard his daughter speaking. When she had
+finished her story he asked, “How did you escape
+death? How did you come to marry the King?”</p>
+
+<p>So Cheng-Si told her father of her adventures
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span>from the time of her embarkation on the merchant’s
+vessel up to her arrival at the Capital with the King.</p>
+
+<p>“Then,” cried Sun-Yen, “it was San-Syeng who
+saved you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, father.”</p>
+
+<p>“What’s he doing? Where is he?”</p>
+
+<p>“The King has appointed him General. I shall
+have him brought to you.”</p>
+
+<p>When San-Syeng arrived, Sun-Yen asked him:</p>
+
+<p>“What was your father’s name?”</p>
+
+<p>“San-Houni.”</p>
+
+<p>On hearing this name, Sun-Yen embraced the
+young man, crying, “Oh, son of my dearest friend,
+tell me quickly where your father is.”</p>
+
+<p>“Alas, he is no longer in the world. He was exiled
+when you were, but he was murdered by Su-Rung,
+the thief, before reaching Ko-Kum-To. He sleeps
+with his ancestors.”</p>
+
+<p>“What, he is dead?” cried the old man, bursting
+into tears.</p>
+
+<p>San-Syeng’s eyes also moistened at the mention of
+the father whom he had never known.</p>
+
+<p>The King offered them a few words of condolence
+and said: “You shall be my Prime Minister,” indicating
+Sun-Yen. The old man accepted this responsible
+charge with a bow and a few well chosen words
+of gratitude.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, proceed with the banquet,” said the Queen.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span></p>
+
+<p>The other blind men had been informed of what
+had taken place and a few among them envied the
+good fortune of Sun-Yen.</p>
+
+<p>“Alas,” they cried, “We cannot even see the recipient
+of this good fortune.”</p>
+
+<p>Sun-Yen the benevolent, spoke to them in a gentle
+tone and in the name of the King invited them to stay
+several days at the Capital, and the blind men, you
+may believe, accepted with joy, for they knew they
+would be well taken care of.</p>
+
+<p>The new Prime Minister was not long in assuming
+his office. The King constantly summoned him to his
+councils. Now it came to pass one day that he sent
+for him and said, “I am intending to lead an army
+against Jin-Han. My father suffered a severe defeat
+while attacking that country and it is my duty to
+avenge him. What do you think of it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Sire,” replied Sun-Yen, “May I have permission
+to reflect upon this matter for a few days before giving
+you my opinion?”</p>
+
+<p>The same day, San-Syeng questioned the King’s
+father-in-law upon the subject of Ja-Jo-Mi and Su-Rung.
+The young General was thirsting for revenge.
+He expected to find Sun-Yen in a similar frame of
+mind but the Prime Minister spoke to him as he had
+done to the King.</p>
+
+<p>“You will know my decision in a few days. I must
+consider this.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span></p>
+
+<p>When he was alone Sun-Yen considered the problem
+from every angle.</p>
+
+<p>Although misfortunes a-plenty had been his share,
+he did not hold any resentment against humanity. He
+felt a great tolerance for his most bitter enemies.
+“Of what good is revenge,” he thought. “What will
+it profit us to declare war which sooner or later will
+bring reprisals?” Inspired by such sentiments, the
+Prime Minister went to the Sovereign. “Sire,” he
+said, “do you not believe that it would be advisable
+to know what your subjects think of this war before
+undertaking the campaign?”</p>
+
+<p>“Assuredly,” replied the King. “I would gladly
+be informed upon that question, but how can we learn
+the opinion of all the Koreans?”</p>
+
+<p>“That will be very easy, sire. Have a grand meeting
+of your people here at the Capital. Their sentiment
+will be the sentiment of the country at large.
+I shall have a few words to say, and then if you persist
+in your intentions, we shall begin the war.”</p>
+
+<p>The King approved Sun-Yen’s suggestion and orders
+were issued that an immense feast be prepared.
+Hundreds of tables were decorated and filled with
+food. The guests were to be divided into five groups:
+the Royal Family, the Governors, the Army, the
+common people and the criminals and other unfit.
+The repast, the first of this kind in all Korea, was a
+merry one. Before the guests separated, Sun-Yen
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span>asked for silence, and in a powerful voice pronounced
+the following words:</p>
+
+<p>“By virtue of my office as Prime Minister, I have
+taken it upon myself to put one question to all of
+you. Our Master, the King, wishes to undertake an
+expedition against Jin-Han to avenge his father’s defeat.
+Is this expedition opportune? To me, war is
+the worst of evils. It causes destruction beyond
+measure, and it is impossible to count the innocent
+ones who perish on the battlefield and at home.
+What is the cause of your heavy taxes if not the need
+of maintaining a large army?</p>
+
+<p>“With peace all is different. The public welfare
+increases. Mankind, created to love and not to
+slaughter, may enter into relations which will increase
+mutual happiness. Nature furnishes us an
+example of peace, does it not? When we see a
+ferocious dog on the highway attacking another dog,
+incapable of defending itself, we hasten to help the
+weaker. Why should we be more cruel with our
+fellow men than with our animals? Perhaps the
+stronger dog will always seek to oppress the weaker,
+but are we not superior beings and do we not possess
+reason which teaches tolerance and mercy to
+our neighbors? Therefore, it is my opinion, sire,
+that we should not declare war.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not wish the punishment of our guilty neighbors
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span>although several of them have done me a great
+deal of harm. Let us pardon them. May this example
+serve as a lesson to those peoples who have
+similar wicked thoughts.”</p>
+
+<p>These words met with unanimous approbation.
+Every one seemed to be of Sun-Yen’s opinion and
+loud shouts of approval went up from the crowd.
+“What happiness is ours! We are like the grass
+which the Springtime brings to life, like the beneficial
+rain after a long drought.” From the tremendous
+crowd arose cries of gladness which were a
+token of thanks, a hymn of joy and a fervent prayer
+for the future of the land.</p>
+
+<p>’Twas a happy epoch for our country. Content
+reigned everywhere. Under the benevolent influence
+of Sun-Yen, everybody in Korea worked and lived in
+peace.</p>
+
+<p class="p4">One day the Prime Minister disappeared. He
+could not be found. Possibly he had been carried to
+Heaven in a cloud—to his last and well-deserved
+home with his ancestors.</p>
+
+<div class="section">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span></p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p class="p4 no-epub-margin"><i>For it has been proclaimed by The Great Teacher
+and Venerable Philosopher from the depths of his
+Wisdom, that all things having the appearance of
+Evil are transient and that Goodness will overcome
+and Virtue triumph.</i></p>
+
+<p class="p4"><i>So—having passed through the ten stages of its
+life—our legend here cometh to an end.</i></p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp50" id="back_cover" style="max-width: 24em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/back_cover.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+<div class="transnote">
+ <p class="ph2">
+ TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
+ </p>
+
+
+<p><a href="#Page_79">Page 79</a>: “Governor’s” corrected to “Governors’”.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#Page_97">Page 97</a>: “revery” corrected to “reverie”.</p>
+
+<p>Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been left unchanged.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78208 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/78208-h/images/back_cover.jpg b/78208-h/images/back_cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ad805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/back_cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/colophon.png b/78208-h/images/colophon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06afc4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/colophon.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/cover.jpg b/78208-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..855dc0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_001.png b/78208-h/images/i_001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01fec51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_001.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_010.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4889c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_010.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_022.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1916fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_022.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_040.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_040.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c58df40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_040.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_052.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_052.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9e31c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_052.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_074.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_074.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6913770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_074.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_084.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_084.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00bf443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_084.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_100.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_100.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c85067b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_100.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_114.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_114.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3fe92d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_114.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_126.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_126.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..242c128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_126.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/78208-h/images/i_140.jpg b/78208-h/images/i_140.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31587e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78208-h/images/i_140.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c72794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This book, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1802153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for eBook #78208
+(https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/78208)